imagePROGRAF TM-200 - 205 - 300 - 305 - 5200 - 5205 - 5300 - 5305 (SM) r0 - 180719

imagePROGRAF
TM-305/TM-300
TM-205/TM-200
SERVICE
MANUAL
Canon
July 19, 2018
Rev. 0
COPYRIGHT © 2018 CANON INC. CANON imagePROGRAF T205/T200 Rev. 0 PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Application
This manual has been issued by Canon Inc. for qualified persons to learn technical theory, installation, maintenance, and
repair of products. This manual covers all localities where the products are sold. For this reason, there may be information
in this manual that does not apply to your locality.
Corrections
This manual may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors due to improvements or changes in products. When
changes occur in applicable products or in the contents of this manual, Canon will release technical information as the need
arises. In the event of major changes in the contents of this manual over a long or short period, Canon will issue a new
edition of this manual.
The following paragraph does not apply to any countries or regions where such provisions are inconsistent with local law.
Trademarks
The product names and company names used in this manual are the registered trademarks of the individual companies.
Copyright
This manual is copyrighted with all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this manual may not be copied, reproduced or
translated into another language, in whole or in part, without the consent of Canon Inc.
Copyright © 2018 by Canon Inc.

CANON INC.
Inkjet Quality Assurance Center
451, Tsukagoshi 3-chome, Saiwai-ku, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa 212-8530, Japan
2
SM-18001E-00
Recommended System
Browser: Adobe Acrobat Reader 7.0 or later
(To see the movie or animation, Adobe Flash Player is required.)
Operation confirmed OS: Windows 7
Revision History
Revision Date Revised items
00 Jul. 2018 New edition
Applicable Products
TM-200
Q51-2787-000
TM-5200
TM-205
Q51-2777-000
TM-5205
TM-300
Q51-2767-000
TM-5300
TM-305
Q51-2757-000
TM-5305
3
SM-18001E-00
CONTENTS
Recommended System…………………………………………………………………………………………… 3
Revision History……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3
Applicable Products………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3
PRODUCT OUTLINE…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7
1-1. Product Overview…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8
1-2. Features………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10
1-3. Product Specifications…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 11
1-4. Special Notes………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 21
MECHANISM………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 23
2-1. Main Unit Configuration……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 24
2-2. Operation Principle……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 26
2-3. Initial Flowchart…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 60
INSTALLATION……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 63
3-1. Printer Installation, Transportation, Reinstallation………………………………………………………………………… 64
3-2. Connection Settings for Remote Service………………………………………………………………………………………… 66
MAINTENANCE, CONSUMABLE PARTS…………………………………………………………………… 73

4-1. Outline………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 74
4-2. Periodic Replacement Parts…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 75
4-3. Consumable Parts………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 76
4-4. Periodic Maintenance…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 78
TROUBLESHOOT…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 79
5-1. Failure Diagnosis in Start-up Systems…………………………………………………………………………………………… 80
5-2. Nozzle Check Pattern…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 82
5-3. Error Code…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 91
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY……………………………………………………………………………161

6-1. Introduction…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………164
6-2. Disassembly and Reassembly…………………………………………………………………………………………………………171
SERVICING FUNCTIONS AND TOOLS………………………………………………………………………345

7-1. Servicing Functions Outline……………………………………………………………………………………………………………347
7-2. Service Mode…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………349
7-3. PCB Replacement Mode…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………406
7-4. iPF PRO Service Tool………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………408
7-5. Recovery Mode……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………409
4
SM-18001E-00
7-6. Appendices……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………414
UNIT CONFIGURATION……………………………………………………………………………………………419
8-1. PCB ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………420
8-2. Sensors…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………422
8-3. Motors and Solenoids……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………424
8-4. Fans………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………425
8-5. Block Diagram………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………426
8-6. Main Controller PCB Connectors……………………………………………………………………………………………………427
5
SM-18001E-00
6
SM-18001E-00
CHAPTER 1
PRODUCT OUTLINE
1-1. Product Overview…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………8

1-2. Features……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10
1-3. Product Specifications………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 11
1-4. Special Notes……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 21
7
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
1-1. Product Overview

Product Overview
The lineup of photo and graphic products was refreshed and new PRO series were introduced into the market
in 2016. Then, CAD series products were completely changed in sequence. The new mechanical platform
Chapter 2
in the PRO series was developed into TX series, and they were released as leading high-end models in the
second half of 2017. Successors to the low and mid models in a Canon main sales zone, TM series (explained
in this document), will be released in 2018 through to 2019 to complete the next-generation lineup.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
8 1-1. Product Overview

SM-18001E-00
Names of Components
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
No Name Remarks
Chapter 6
[1] PRINT HEAD Consumables
[2] INK CARTRIDGE Consumables
[3] MAINTENANCE CARTRIDGE Consumables
[4] CUTTER BLADE Consumables
[5] ROLL UNIT
[6] PRINTER STAND Standard
[7] PRINTER STAND
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
1-1. Product Overview 9

SM-18001E-00
1-2. Features
Product Features
1-2. Features
SM-18001E-00
10
Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8
Chapter 1
1-3. Product Specifications
TM-200, TM-5200, TM-205, TM-5205
Printer
Item Specification
Model TM-200, TM-5200, TM-205, TM-5205
Chapter 2
Class 24"
Ink Type Five-color pigment inks (MBK, BK, C, M, Y)
Maximum Print Resolution 2400 × 1200 dpi
Installation User installation
Product Durability 25,000 sheets of A1 size (No maintenance)
50,000 sheets of A1 size (With service maintenance)
Printing conditions: 12.5% × 3 color (CMY) + 6.8% (MBK) +
5.7% (BK) = 50% Duty, Canon Coated Paper HG, standard
Chapter 3
mode
Stand Type Assembly type
Dimensions Main Unit 982 x 748 x 439 mm
W × D × H (mm), Weight: 41 kg (including Roll Holder Set, excluding ink and
Weight (kg) print head)
(Unit) Main Unit + Stand + Basket (SD-22)* 982 x 870 x 1060 mm (Basket Opened: Position1)
* N/A in TM-205 and TM-5205 982 x 757 x 1060 mm (Basket Closed)
Chapter 4
Weight: 51 kg (including Roll Holder Set, excluding ink and
print head)
Main Unit + Stand + Basket (SD-23) 982 x 887 x 1060 mm (Basket Opened: Position1)
982 x 757 x 1060 mm (Basket Closed)
print head)
Dimensions Printer (Main unit with pallet) 1152 x 913 x 705 mm
W × D × H (mm), Weight: 69 kg
Chapter 5
Weight (kg) Stand + Basket (SD-22)* 1155 x 824 x 268 mm
(Package) * N/A in TM-205 and TM-5205 Weight: 17 kg
Stand + Basket (SD-23) 1155 x 824 x 268 mm
Weight: 18 kg
Printer 1152 x 913 x 961 mm
(Main unit with stand and pallet) (SD-22))* Weight: 85 kg
* N/A in TM-205 and TM-5205
Chapter 6
(Main unit with stand and pallet) (SD-23)) Weight: 87 kg
Power Supply Input power AC 100-240 V (50-60 Hz)
Power consumption (using wired LAN) 69 W or less
At sleep mode (using wired LAN) 3.6 W or less
At sleep mode (using all ports) 3.6 W or less
<EU only-data for ErP Lot 26>
At power-off 0.3 W or less
Default setting for the time to enter the 300 sec
Chapter 7
Sleep mode
Recommended Environment Temperature: 15 to 30°C
Humidity: 10 to 80%RH (no dew condensation)
Acoustic Noise Acoustic pressure OOperation : 44dB(A) (Plain paper, line drawing, standard
mode)
Stand by : 35dB(A) or less
(Measured on ISO7779 standard)
Chapter 8
Acoustic power Operation : 6.0 Bels (Plain paper, line drawing, standard
mode)
1-3. Product Specifications 11

SM-18001E-00
Item Specification
Chapter 1
Detector and Registration adjustment Automatic, Manual

Adjustment Banding adjustment Automatic, Manual
Line length adjustment Manual
Head slant adjustment Manual
Color calibration No
Head gap adjustment Automatic, Manual (8 levels)
Non-firing detection Auto
Chapter 2
Non-firing compensation Auto

Roll media remaining detection function Barcode print, Auto
Line Accuracy ±0.1 % or less
User adjustments necessary. Printing environment and
media must match those used for the adjustments.
Memory Standard memory TM-200, TM-5200: 2 GB
TM-205, TM-5205: 128 GB (Physical memory 2 GB)
Expansion slot No
Chapter 3
Firmware Languages Printer language SGRaster Supported

(Swift Graphic Max logical page size: 200 m
Raster)
HP-GL/2 Supported
HP RTL Max logical page size: 60 m
PDF* Supported Version 1.7
* N/A in - Not supported: Over print function,
TM-200 and Transparent function, and some others
Chapter 4
TM-5200 - Not supported: The file has been set with

password
- Recommended: Embedded font. Use the
built-in font if there is not it
- List of the built-in fonts:
Times-Roman, Helvetica, Courier,
Symbol, Times-Bold, Helvetica-Bold,
Courier-Bold, ZapfDingbats, Times-Italic,
Chapter 5
Helvetica-Oblique, Courier-Oblique,
Times-BoldItalic, Helvetica-BoldOblique,
Courier-BoldOblique
Max logical page size: 18 m

JPEG Supported Version JFIF1.02
- Compression: Basic DCT (discrete cosine
transform)
- Color Mode: RGB/GrayScale
Chapter 6
- Color bit: 24bit/8bit

- Pixel: Less than 19,200 pixel both
vertically and horizontally
Not supported: Full function of sampling
Max logical page size: 18 m

Apple AirPrint Supported
Job control IVEC
Chapter 7
Status reply SNMP-MIB (Standard MIB, Canon-MIB), IVEC, CPCA

Type Flash ROM
Update Updated by printer panel operation,
Utility software
Operation Panel Display LCD (3.0 inch (7.62cm) TFT color)
Language on operation panel 21 Languages Selectable:
Japanese, English, German, Italian, Spanish, Brazilian
Portuguese, Dutch, Polish, Russian, French, Simplified
Chapter 8
Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, Thai, Indonesian,

Turkish, Czech, Danish, Swedish, Norwegian, Finnish
Hard Disk* 500 GB
12 1-3. Product Specifications

SM-18001E-00
Item Specification
Chapter 1
Interface USB B Port Type Built in (Hi-Speed USB)
Mode Full Speed (12 Mbit/sec)
High Speed (480 Mbit/sec)
Bulk transfer
Connector type Series B (4 pins)
USB A Port* USB Memory (Direct Print)
*N/A in TM-200 and TM-5200
Chapter 2
Gigabit Type Built in
Ethernet Standard IEEE 802.3 10base-T
IEEE 802.3u 100base-TX / Auto-Negotiation
IEEE 802.3ab 1000base-T / Auto-Negotiation
IEEE 802.3x Full Duplex
Protocol SNMP (Canon-MIB), HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6), ftp
Wireless LAN Standard IEEE802.11n, IEEE802.11g, IEEE802.11b
Security WEP (64bit, 128bit)
Chapter 3
WPA-PSK (TKIP, AES)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP, AES)
Expansion Slot No
Print head
Item Specification
Print Head Model PF-06
Chapter 4
Type Bubble-jet on demand
Head configuration 6 Color integrated type × 1 print head
Nozzle pitch 1200 dpi (2 lines)
Nozzle per chip 15,360 nozzles (MBK 5,120 nozzles, Other Colors 2,560 nozzles each)
Droplet size Minimum 5 pl per color
Head replacement User replacement
Chapter 5
Ink tank
Item Specification
Ink Tank Model TM-200, TM-205: PFI-120 (130 ml), PFI-320 (300 ml)
TM-5200, TM-5205: PFI-8120 (130 ml), PFI-8320 (300 ml)
* printer's ink supply Supply* Tubing system (with sub-tank)
spec Sub ink tank capacity* Each color 11 ml
Colors Pigment 5 color (MBK, BK, C, M, Y)
Capacity Sales use: 130 ml, 330 ml
Chapter 6
Starter use: 130 ml (MBK), 90 ml (BK, C, M, Y)
Level detection* Detected by dot count and electrode (Empty)
Smart chip Each ink tank is equipped with EEPROM which stores its ink level.
Cutter
Item Specification
Chapter 7
Cutter Model CT-08

Type Automatic horizontal cutting (Rotary cutter): standard
Cutter durability (cuts) 25,000 cuts,
100,000 cuts for plain paper
2,000 cuts for WaterResist Adh media
Manual cut only: cloth, other adhesive media,
WaterResistMatteBannerVinyl
Replacement User replacement
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Media handling
Chapter 1
Item Specification
Media Feed and Roll paper One Roll, Upper-loading, Front Output
Output Added Roll Paper N/A
Cut sheet Upper-loading, Front Output (Manual feed using media locking
lever)
Paper path switch (roll / cut Manually switchable by user
sheet)
Chapter 2
Delivery direction Face-up, Front side

Media Take-up Unit N/A
Maximum stacking number of - Standard position: 1 sheet
delivered prints (SD-22)*
* N/A in TM-205 and TM-5205- Folding position: 20 sheets on A1 portrait
(excludes strong curled condition)
Operability confirmed media as follows:
Premium Plain Paper
Chapter 3
Standard Plain Paper 2

Universal Bond Paper
Economy Bond Paper
Standard Paper 80g
Standard Paper 90g
delivered prints (SD-23)
- Folding position: 20 sheets on A1 portrait
Chapter 4

Premium Plain Paper
Economy Bond Paper
Standard Paper 80g
Standard Paper 90g
Chapter 5
- Flat position: 20 sheets on A2 landscape

Premium Plain Paper
Economy Bond Paper
Standard Paper 80g
Chapter 6
Standard Paper 90g

Media Size Roll paper ISO A3, A3+, A2, A1
(Width) JIS B4, B3, B2
ARCH 24"
Others 8", 10", 12", 14", 16", 17", 20",
300 mm, 500 mm, 600 mm
Cut sheet ISO A4, A3, A3+, A2, A2+, A1,
B4, B3, B2
Chapter 7
DIN C4, C3, C2

JIS B4, B3, B2
ANSI 8.5 × 11", 8.5 × 14", 11 × 17", 13 × 19", 17 × 22", 22 × 34"
ARCH 9 × 12", 12 × 18", 18 × 24", 24 × 36"
Photo (20 × 24"), (18 × 22"), (14 × 17"), (12 × 16"), (10 × 12"),
(10 × 15"), (16 × 20")
Poster 20 × 30", 300 × 900 mm
Others 13 × 22"
Chapter 8
Media Thickness Roll paper

0.07 to 0.8 mm
Cut sheet
Maximum Outside Diameter of Roll Paper 150 mm or less

SM-18001E-00
Item Specification
Chapter 1
Media Core Size Internal diameter of roll core: 2", 3"
Media Width Roll paper 203.2 to 610 mm
Cut sheet 203.2 to 610 mm
Minimum Printable Roll paper 203.2 mm
Paper Length Cut sheet 279.4 mm
Maximum Printable Roll paper 18 m (Varies according to the OS and application)
Paper Length Cut sheet 1.6 m
Chapter 2
Margins Recommended Roll paper Top 20 mm, Bottom 3 mm, Side 3 mm
area Cut sheet Only for AppleAirPrint Top: 20 mm, Bottom: 31 mm, Side: 3 mm
For others Top: 20 mm, Bottom: 20 mm, Side: 3 mm
Printable area Roll paper Top 3 mm, Bottom 3 mm, Side 3 mm
Roll paper Top 0 mm, Bottom 0 mm, Side 0 mm
(borderless
print)
Cut sheet Only for AppleAirPrint: Top 3 mm, Bottom 12.7 mm, Side 3 mm
Chapter 3
For others: Top 3 mm, Bottom 20 mm, Side 3 mm
Borderless Printing Media Width [Recommended]
515 mm (JIS B2), 594 mm (ISO A1), 10", 14", 17", 24"
[Printable]
257 mm (JIS B4), 297 mm (ISO A3), 329 mm (ISO A3+),
420 mm (ISO A2), 8", 12", 16", 20", 300 mm, 500 mm, 600 mm
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
TM-300, TM-5300, TM-305, TM-5305
Chapter 1
Printer
Item Specification
Model TM-300, TM-5300, TM-305, TM-5305
Class 36"
Ink Type Five-color pigment inks (MBK, BK, C, M, Y)
Maximum Print Resolution 2400 × 1200 dpi
Chapter 2

Product Durability 14,000 sheets of A0 size (No maintenance)
50,000 sheets of A0 size (With service maintenance)
Printing conditions: 12.5% × 3 color (CMY) + 6.8% (MBK) +
5.7% (BK) = 50% Duty, Canon Coated Paper HG, standard
mode
Stand Type Assembly type
Chapter 3
Dimensions Main Unit 1289 x 748 x 439 mm

W × D × H (mm), Weight:
Weight (kg) TM-300, TM-5300: 48 kg (including Roll Holder Set,
(Unit) excluding ink and print head)
TM-350, TM-5305: 49 kg (including Roll Holder Set,
excluding ink and print head)
Main Unit + Stand + Basket (SD-31)* 1289 x 870 x 1060 mm (Basket Opened: Position1)
* N/A in TM-305 and TM-5305 1289 x 757 x 1060 mm (Basket Closed)
Chapter 4
print head)
Main Unit + Stand + Basket (SD-32) 1289 x 887 x 1060 mm (Basket Opened: Position1)
1289 x 757 x 1060 mm (Basket Closed)
Weight:
Chapter 5
Dimensions Printer (Main unit with pallet) 1462 x 913 x 709 mm

W × D × H (mm), Weight: 79 kg
Weight (kg) Stand + Basket (SD-31)* 1362 x 824 x 268 mm
(Package) * N/A in TM-305 and TM-5305 Weight: 19 kg
Stand + Basket (SD-32) N/A
(Main unit with stand and pallet) (SD-31))* Weight: 104 kg
Chapter 6

(Main unit with stand and pallet) (SD-32)) Weight: 105 kg
Power Supply Input power AC 100-240 V (50-60 Hz)
Power consumption (using wired LAN) 69 W or less
At sleep mode (using wired LAN) 3.6 W or less
At sleep mode (using all ports) 3.6 W or less
At power-off 0.3 W or less
Chapter 7
Default setting for the time to enter the 300 sec

Sleep mode
Recommended Environment Temperature: 15 to 30°C
Humidity: 10 to 80%RH (no dew condensation)
Acoustic Noise Acoustic pressure Operation : 44dB(A) (Plain paper, line drawing, standard
mode)
Stand by : 35dB(A) or less
Chapter 8

Acoustic power Operation : 6.0 Bels (Plain paper, line drawing, standard
mode)

SM-18001E-00
Item Specification
Chapter 1
Detector and Registration adjustment Automatic, Manual
Adjustment Banding adjustment Automatic, Manual
Line length adjustment Manual
Head slant adjustment Manual
Color calibration No
Head gap adjustment Automatic, Manual (8 levels)
Non-firing detection Auto
Chapter 2
Non-firing compensation Auto
Roll media remaining detection function Barcode print, Auto
Line Accuracy ±0.1 % or less
User adjustments necessary. Printing environment and
media must match those used for the adjustments.
Memory Standard memory TM-300, TM-5300: 2 GB
TM-305, TM-5305: 128 GB (Physical memory 2 GB)
Expansion slot No
Chapter 3
Firmware Languages Printer language SGRaster Supported
(Swift Graphic Max logical page size: 200 m
Raster)
HP-GL/2 Supported
HP RTL Max logical page size: 60 m
PDF* Supported Version 1.7
* N/A in - Not supported: Over print function,
TM-300 and Transparent function, and some others
Chapter 4
TM-5300 - Not supported: The file has been set with
password
- Recommended: Embedded font. Use the
built-in font if there is not it
- List of the built-in fonts:
Times-Roman, Helvetica, Courier,
Symbol, Times-Bold, Helvetica-Bold,
Courier-Bold, ZapfDingbats, Times-Italic,
Chapter 5
Helvetica-Oblique, Courier-Oblique,
Times-BoldItalic, Helvetica-BoldOblique,
Courier-BoldOblique
JPEG Supported Version JFIF1.02
- Compression: Basic DCT (discrete cosine
transform)
- Color Mode: RGB/GrayScale
- Color bit: 24bit/8bit
- Pixel: Less than 19,200 pixel both
Chapter 6
vertically and horizontally
Not supported: Full function of sampling
Apple AirPrint Supported
Job control IVEC
Status reply SNMP-MIB (Standard MIB, Canon-MIB), IVEC, CPCA
Type Flash ROM
Update Updated by printer panel operation,
Utility software
Chapter 7
Operation Panel Display LCD (3.0 inch (7.62cm) TFT color)

Language on operation panel 21 Languages Selectable:
Japanese, English, German, Italian, Spanish, Brazilian
Portuguese, Dutch, Polish, Russian, French, Simplified
Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, Thai, Indonesian,
Turkish, Czech, Danish, Swedish, Norwegian, Finnish
Hard Disk* 500 GB
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Item Specification
Chapter 1
Interface USB B Port Type Built in (Hi-Speed USB)

Mode Full Speed (12 Mbit/sec)
High Speed (480 Mbit/sec)
Bulk transfer
Connector type Series B (4 pins)
USB A Port* USB Memory (Direct Print)
*N/A in TM-300 and TM-5300
Chapter 2
Gigabit Type Built in

Ethernet Standard IEEE 802.3 10base-T
IEEE 802.3u 100base-TX / Auto-Negotiation
IEEE 802.3ab 1000base-T / Auto-Negotiation
IEEE 802.3x Full Duplex
Protocol SNMP (Canon-MIB), HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6), ftp
Wireless LAN Standard IEEE802.11n, IEEE802.11g, IEEE802.11b
Security WEP (64bit, 128bit)
Chapter 3
WPA-PSK (TKIP, AES)

WPA2-PSK (TKIP, AES)
Expansion Slot No
Print head
Item Specification
Print Head Model PF-06
Chapter 4
Type Bubble-jet on demand

Head configuration 6 Color integrated type × 1 print head
Nozzle pitch 1200 dpi (2 lines)
Nozzle per chip 15,360 nozzles (MBK 5,120 nozzles, Other Colors 2,560 nozzles each)
Droplet size Minimum 5 pl per color
Head replacement User replacement
Chapter 5
Ink tank
Item Specification
Ink Tank Model TM-300, TM-305: PFI-120 (130 ml), PFI-320 (300 ml)
TM-5300, TM-5305: PFI-8120 (130 ml), PFI-8320 (300 ml)
* printer's ink supply Supply* Tubing system (with sub-tank)
spec Sub ink tank capacity* Each color 11 ml
Colors Pigment 5 color (MBK, BK, C, M, Y)
Capacity Sales use: 130 ml, 330 ml
Chapter 6
Starter use: 130 ml (MBK), 90 ml (BK, C, M, Y)

Level detection* Detected by dot count and electrode (Empty)
Smart chip Each ink tank is equipped with EEPROM which stores its ink level.
Cutter
Item Specification
Chapter 7
Cutter Model CT-08

Type Automatic horizontal cutting (Rotary cutter): standard
Cutter durability (cuts) 25,000 cuts,
100,000 cuts for plain paper
2,000 cuts for WaterResist Adh media
Manual cut only: cloth, other adhesive media,
WaterResistMatteBannerVinyl
Replacement User replacement
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Media handling
Chapter 1
Item Specification
Media Feed and Roll paper One Roll, Upper-loading, Front Output
Output Added Roll Paper N/A
Cut sheet Upper-loading, Front Output (Manual feed using media locking
lever)
Paper path switch (roll / cut Manually switchable by user
sheet)
Chapter 2
Delivery direction Face-up, Front side
Media Take-up Unit N/A
delivered prints (SD-31)*
* N/A in TM-305 and TM-5305- Folding position: 20 sheets on A1 portrait, A0 portrait
Premium Plain Paper
Chapter 3
Economy Bond Paper
Standard Paper 80g
Standard Paper 90g
delivered prints (SD-32)
- Folding position: 20 sheets on A1 portrait, A0 portrait
Chapter 4
Premium Plain Paper
Economy Bond Paper
- Flat position: 20 sheets on A1 landscape, A2 landscape

Chapter 5
Premium Plain Paper
Economy Bond Paper
Standard Paper 80g
Standard Paper 90g
Media Size Roll paper ISO A3, A3+, A2, A1, A0
Chapter 6
(Width) JIS B4, B3, B2, B1
ARCH 24", 30", 36"
Others 8", 10", 12", 14", 16", 17", 20",
300 mm, 500 mm, 600 mm, 800 mm, 1000 mm
Cut sheet ISO A4, A3, A3+, A2, A2+, A1, A0
B4, B3, B2, B1
DIN C4, C3, C2, C1, C0
JIS B4, B3, B2, B1
Chapter 7
ANSI 8.5 × 11", 8.5 × 14", 11 × 17", 13 × 19", 17 × 22", 22 × 34",

28 x 40", 34 x 44"
ARCH 9 x 12", 12 x 18", 18 x 24", 24 x 36", 26 x 38", 27 x 39", 30 x 42",
36 x 48"
Photo (20 × 24"), (18 × 22"), (14 × 17"), (12 × 16"), (10 × 12"),
(10 × 15"), (16 × 20")
Poster 20 × 30", 30 x 40", 300 × 900 mm
Others 13 × 22"
Chapter 8
Media Thickness Roll paper

0.07 to 0.8 mm
Cut sheet
Maximum Outside Diameter of Roll Paper 150 mm or less

SM-18001E-00
Item Specification
Chapter 1
Media Core Size Internal diameter of roll core: 2", 3"

Media Width Roll paper 203.2 to 917 mm
Cut sheet 203.2 to 917 mm
Minimum Printable Roll paper 203.2 mm
Paper Length Cut sheet 279.4 mm
Maximum Printable Roll paper 18 m (Varies according to the OS and application)
Paper Length Cut sheet 1.6 m
Chapter 2
Margins Recommended Roll paper Top 20 mm, Bottom 3 mm, Side 3 mm

area Cut sheet Only for AppleAirPrint Top: 20 mm, Bottom: 31 mm, Side: 3 mm
For others Top: 20 mm, Bottom: 20 mm, Side: 3 mm
Printable area Roll paper Top 3 mm, Bottom 3 mm, Side 3 mm
Roll paper Top 0 mm, Bottom 0 mm, Side 0 mm
(borderless
print)
Cut sheet Only for AppleAirPrint: Top 3 mm, Bottom 12.7 mm, Side 3 mm
Chapter 3
For others: Top 3 mm, Bottom 20 mm, Side 3 mm

Borderless Printing Media Width [Recommended]
515 mm (JIS B2), 728 mm (JIS B1), 594 mm (ISO A1),
841 mm (ISO A0), 10", 14", 17", 24", 36"
[Printable]
257 mm (JIS B4), 297 mm (ISO A3), 329 mm (ISO A3+),
420 mm (ISO A2), 8", 12", 16", 20", 30", 300 mm, 500 mm,
600 mm, 800 mm
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
1-4. Special Notes
Notes on Servicing
Service mode login
·· When the printer is started up in the service mode, printing other than internal one (Nozzle Check Pattern
Chapter 2
printing, Adjustment Pattern printing, etc.) cannot be performed.
·· Operation of the functions in the user mode is not guaranteed when the printer is started in the service
mode. To use the functions of the user mode, be sure to start the printer in the user mode.
When starting the printer up or turning it off
Chapter 3
Do not disconnect the power cord while starting the printer up or turning it off (it takes approx. 2 minutes to
start the printer up and approx. 40 seconds to turn it off).
When executing PCB replacement mode

Some data is not restored even the PCB replacement mode is executed after the main PCB is replaced. For
Chapter 4
details, see 7-3. PCB Replacement Mode.
When using the printer at a high altitude

If the printer is used at a high altitude (approx. 2,000 meters or higher), streaks or faint printing may occur
periodically (every two or three months).
In such cases, occurrence of the phenomenon can be reduced or prevented by System Cleaning at a shorter
Chapter 5
interval.
However, System Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than regular Cleaning, and System Cleaning at
a shorter interval will consume more ink than at regular interval in total. Consider them when changing the
frequency of System Cleaning.
Chapter 6
How to reset the printer’s media information to default
To reset the media information in the printer to default, restore the default media information file*1 (backup
file) by using the application software, Media Configuration Tool.
*1
: For details on the default media information file (backup file), refer to the Service Information “QDR-
12E-7029” (the revised version with TM series added will be issued at a later date).
Chapter 7
For reference:
Examples when the printer’s media information needs to be reset to default:
·· When a user asks how to recover his/her printer’s default media information including customized
media information
Chapter 8
·· To reset the media information of the leased printers

·· To refurbish printers
1-4. Special Notes 21

SM-18001E-00
Notes on Lithium Battery (for Germany)
Chapter 1
When replacing or discarding the lithium battery

A lithium battery is installed in the printer. Be cautious of the following:
At repair:
Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.
Explosionsrisiko, falls Batterie nicht mit vorgeschriebenem Baterrietypus ersetzt wird.
Chapter 2
At disposal:
Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations.
Batterieentsorgung gemaess lokalen Vorschriften.
When the Service Manual issued by CINC is localized, be sure to include the above cautions (at repair and
disposal) in German.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
22 1-4. Special Notes

SM-18001E-00
CHAPTER 2
MECHANISM
2-1. Main Unit Configuration

2-1-1. Main Unit Configuration…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 24
2-2. Operation Principle
2-2-1. Paper Feed mechanism……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 26
2-2-2. Purge Unit………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 34
2-2-3. Ink Supply Unit………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 40
2-2-4. Carriage Unit……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 48
2-2-5. Head Management Sensor Unit………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 56
2-3. Initial Flowchart
2-3-1. Initial Flowchart………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 60
23
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
2-1. Main Unit Configuration
2-1-1. Main Unit Configuration
Paper feed mechanism

Chapter 2
Performs loading, feeding, and ejecting a roll paper or cut sheet (manual feed).
Purge unit
Maintains the print head to ensure high print quality by cleaning, capping, and wiping.
Chapter 3
Ink supply
Supplies ink from the ink tank to the print head through the sub ink tank and ink supply tube.
Carriage unit
Makes the print head on the carriage unit move left and right. Ejects ink to places where the print order
indicates.
Chapter 4
Head management sensor unit

Checks the print head nozzle regularly to confirm whether a non-ejection of ink occurs.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
24 2-1. Main Unit Configuration

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
[1]
Chapter 2
[4]
Chapter 3
[5]
[3]
Chapter 4
[2]
Chapter 5
No. Name
1 PAPER FEED
Chapter 6
2 INK SUPPLY
3 PURGE UNIT
4 CARRIAGE UNIT
5 HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
2-1. Main Unit Configuration 25

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
2-2-1. Paper Feed mechanism
Configuration
Chapter 2
[2] [7]
[1]
[12]
[8]
Chapter 3
[13]
[9]
[14]
[3]
[11] [6]
Chapter 4
[16]
Chapter 5
[5]
[15]
[4]
[10]
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
26 2-2. Operation Principle

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Motor
No. Name Function
1 PAPER FEED MOTOR Drives the PAPER FEED ROLLER to load and feed a paper.
2 ACTIVE ROLL BRAKE MOTOR Controls a torque to maintain the torque constantly during
feeding a roll paper.
3 CUTTER MOTOR Drives the cutter to cut a paper.
Chapter 2
4 SUCTION FAN Vacuums a paper when loading and feeding it.
Sensor
No Name Function
5 RELEASE LEVER SWITCH Detects opening and closing of the RELEASE LEVER
6 PAPER ENTRY SENSOR Detects leading and trailing edge of a paper.
When it cannot detect. -> 200C, 200D error occurs.
Chapter 3
7 ACTIVE ROLL BRAKE ENCODER Detects rotational amount of the ACTIVE ROLL BRAKE
MOTOR.
When it cannot detect. -> EC16-2021 error occurs.
8 PAPER FEED HOME POSITION SENSOR Detects a home position of PAPER FEED ROLLER.
When it cannot detect. -> EC11-2F2A error occurs.
9 PAPER FEED ENCODER Detects rotational amount of the PAPER FEED ROLLER.
When it cannot detect. -> EC12-2F29 error occurs.
Chapter 4
10 CUTTER HOME POSITION SENSOR Detects position of the cutter
When it cannot detect. -> EC15-2E23 error occurs.
11 CUTTER MOTOR ENCODER Detects rotational amount of the CUTTER MOTOR.
When it cannot detect. -> 2019 error ocurrs.
Others
No. Name Function
Chapter 5
12 FILM, TIMING SLIT DISK Detects a home position and rotational amount of the PAPER
FEED ROLLER with the PAPER FEED ENCODER, PAPER FEED
HOME POSITION SENSOR, FILM, and TIMING SLIT DISK.
13 PAPER FEED ROLLER ASSY Feeds a paper.
14 PINCH ROLLER UNIT Nips a paper.
15 RELEASE LEVER UNIT Releases nipping of a paper.
16 PLATEN Vacuums a paper when loading and feeding the paper.
Chapter 6
Performs pre-printing ink ejection during printing.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
2-2. Operation Principle 27

SM-18001E-00
Functions
Chapter 1
The function of the paper feed mechanism is as follows:

·· Loads a roll paper.
·· Feeds a roll paper
·· Cuts a roll paper during printing.
Chapter 2
Details
Loading a roll paper:
An user sets a roll paper manually to the PAPER ENTRY SENSOR. After the user inputs the paper type set on
the printer to the printer operation panel, the printer drives the PAPER FEED MOTOR to load the roll paper to
a print stand-by position. To set and load the roll paper to the print stand-by position properly, this printer has
Chapter 3
the following functions.
·· Paper skew detection:

The multi sensor checks whether a paper edge of the home position side is placed at a specified
position [1]. When the paper edge is not placed at a specified position, "2017" error occurs. If no
Chapter 4
problems are detected, the paper will be fed for a certain amount [2] and the multi sensor checks
the position of the paper edge again [3]. If the position of the paper edge is shifted from the initial
measurement more than a specific amount after feeding the paper for a certain amount, it judges this
as a skewed paper. Attempts to feed the paper back and forth for a couple of times to improve the
paper skew. (outputs "2010" error if no improvement is made.)
Chapter 5
Paper Multi Sensor
[2]
Chapter 6
[1]
[3]
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
·· Paper edge detection:
Chapter 1
The multi sensor scans a paper edge and checks whether it is straighten. In case the paper edge is not
straighten, the cutter cuts it.
Paper Multi Sensor
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Cutter
·· Paper width detection:
Chapter 4
The multi sensor measures the both edge of a paper loaded to the printer and calculates a paper width.
The calculated paper width is utilized for the following purpose.
·· To allow a user to skip the step of setting a paper width

·· To prevent printing onto the platen when a size to be printed is larger than a paper size
Chapter 5
·· To output the error (200E, 200F) when a paper in which paper width is not supported by the
specification is loaded to the printer
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Feeding a roll paper during printing:
Chapter 1
The suction fan underneath the platen vacuums the air to prevent a paper float. The following functions are
provided to reduce uneven printing in the paper feed direction and also to avoid ink smearing on the back
side of paper since the suction fan vacuums the ink mist during printing.
·· Torque control when feeding a roll paper:

Chapter 2
Back tension is applied to a roll paper in the feeding and reverse direction when a roll paper is fed by
the paper feed motor. When the back tension force is changed due to weight and looseness of the
roll paper, uneven printing occurs in the paper feed direction because the paper feed amount is also
changed. In this printer, as the ACTIVE ROLL BRAKE MOTOR controls the back tension force constantly,
the paper feed amount can be constant at all times and the uneven printing can be prevented.
Chapter 3
Without ACTIVE ROLL Paper feed amount differs according to a weight of the roll paper.
BRAKE Motor
Roll paper (large) Roll paper(small)
Chapter 4
Back tension(large)
Paper feed amount Back tension(small)
at a time
Paper Feed Motor

ＭＭ
Chapter 5
Paper feed force Paper feed force
Paper Feed Roller

Chapter 6
With ACTIVE ROLL Paper feed amount is constant at all times by controlling the back tension.
BRAKE Motor
ACTIVE ROLL
BRAKE MOTOR
ＭＭ
Back tension control

Chapter 7
Back tension Back tension
ＭＭ
Paper feed force Paper feed force

Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
·· Paper feed correction (distortion correction):
Due to individual difference in the size and distortion of the Paper Feed Roller, a paper feed amount
individually differs even though a rotational amount is the same. In this printer, the rotational amount is
controlled to achieve a constant paper feed amount.
Chapter 2
Paper Feed Roller
Paper Feed Roller
Encoder
Home position detection place
Difference in
Chapter 3
feeding length
Individual difference
Paper Feed Motor
Standard
Chapter 4
Rotation amount control
Feed length measurement
Chapter 5
MAIN PCB UNIT
Paper Feed Roller
Encoder
Chapter 6
Paper Feed Roller
Home position detection place

h a
Paper Feed Motor b
g
Chapter 7
f c
e d
Rotation amount control

Chapter 8
Feed length measurement

MAIN PCB UNIT

SM-18001E-00
·· To prevent ink smearing on the back side of paper during printing:
Chapter 1
In the previous models (imagePROGRAF series), in some cases, the back side of paper was smeared when the
suction fan vacuumed the air and ink mist during printing. However, in the imagePROGRAF TM series, the air
inlet is newly installed between the opening of the paper suction and borderless printing tray, as a result, a
direction of flowing the air under the paper is reversed from that of in the previous models, smearing on the
back side of paper caused by the ink mist going in under the paper can be prevented.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
In case smearing on the back side of paper occurs in the TM series, "increase" a vacuum power
in feeding.
Note: For the previous models, “decrease” a vacuum power to reduce the ink mist going in
Chapter 6
under the paper.

Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
·· To prevent a non-ejection of ink during printing:
The pre-ejection opening is newly installed on the platen*. Printing after performing a ink pre-ejection to the
pre-ejection opening can prevent faulty printing caused by clogging of the print head nozzle. Places where
pre-printing ink ejection should be performed is determined according to a result of the paper detection.
Chapter 2
*Pre-printing ink ejection on the home position side is performed by caps of the purge unit.
Pre-ejection opening Cap
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
·· Cutting a roll paper after printing:
Chapter 6
When selecting the “automatic cutting” in the cut mode, a roll paper is cut automatically after printing.
In addition, a pre-cut is performed before printing in the following cases.
·· When the leading edge of the roll paper is not straight in feeding the roll paper.
·· The leading and tailing edge of the roll paper is needed to be cut for borderless printing.
Chapter 7
The pre-cut amount differs according to paper types to completely eject a roll paper after cutting.
For details of the pre-cut amount, refer to the user manual.
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
2-2-2. Purge Unit
Chapter 1
Configuration
[8]
[4] [7]
[9] [2]
Chapter 2
[10]
[6]
Chapter 3
[3]
[5]
[1]
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Motor
Chapter 1
No. Name Function
1 PURGE MOTOR Drives the PURGE MAIN CAM to perform the following:
・Makes the CAP move up and down.
・Drives the WIPER BLADE.
・Opens and closes the air valve.
・Makes the carriage lock pin move up and down.
Chapter 2
Sensor
No Name Function
2 PURGE MAIN CAM SENSOR Detects the home position of the PURGE MAIN CAM which
drives the PUMP UNIT, CAP, and WIPER BLADE.
・When it cannot detect driving the PUMP UNIT.
-> EC31-2F1F error occurs.
Chapter 3
・When it cannot detect driving of the CAP and WIPER
BLADE.
-> EC31-2F1C error occurs.
3 PURGE MOTOR ENCODER Detects a rotational amount of the PURGE MOTOR.
When it cannot detet.
-> EC31-2F1D occurs.
Chapter 4
Others
No. Name Function
4 CAP Protects the print head nozzle face from drying
5 PUMP UNIT Generates negative pressure and vacuums ink inside the ink
flow path.
6 PURGE MAIN CAM Switches the driving parts (PUMP UNIT, CAP, WIPER BLADE).
7 Air valve Releases the negative pressure.
Chapter 5
8 WIPER BLADE Removes dusts and ink attaching to a surface of the print head.
9 WIPER CLEANER Cleans the WIPER BLADE.
10 CLEANER TANK Keeps the cleaning liquid for the wiper.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Functions
Chapter 1
The function of the purge unit is as follows:

·· Protects the print head nozzle surface.
·· Prevents the pirnt head nozzle from clogging and non-ejecting of ink
Chapter 2
Details
To protect the print head nozzle surface:

The print head surface and cap are firmly attached each other to prevent ink from getting dried. If the
nozzle is exposed to the air, moisture contained in the ink is evaporated and ink gets harder. To prevent this,
Chapter 3
the nozzle is capped at all times when printing is NOT performed.
To prevent the print head nozzle from clogging and non-ejection of ink:
Cleans the print head nozzle regularly. The pump unit in the purge unit generates the negative pressure to
vacuum ink from the ink flow path, and dusts and air bubbles can be removed from the nozzle and ink flow
Chapter 4
path. The negative pressure is released through the air valve after cleaning is finished.
To prevent color mixing and clogging of the nozzles, the wiper blade wipes out dusts and ink drops attaching
the print head surface.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Cleaning types
Chapter 1
Domain Cleaning Operation Description
(Indication in
PRINT INF)
A-AB Cleaning (All Cap) Removes dried ink from nozzles, thick ink accumulated on
A-A Cleaning (Cap-A) the face, and paper particles.
A-B Cleaning (Cap-B)
R-AB Deep cleaning (All Cap) Performs suction stronger than the normal cleaning to
Chapter 2
R-A Deep cleaning (Cap-A) unclog nozzles.
R-B Deep cleaning (Cap-B)
S-AB System cleaning (All Cap) Performs when adjusting the ink filling amount in the
S-A System cleaning (Cap-A) Head or executing stronger cleaning to unclog nozzles.
S-B System cleaning (Cap-B)
EX Ink removal at the Head replacement Drains ink to replace the Head (Drains only the ink in the
Head.)
H Ink removal at the Head replacement Performs ink filling after replacing the Head.
Chapter 3
T2 Relocating on the same floor Removes ink from the print head and tube to relocate the
T1 Transporting outdoors printer.
FI-AB Ink filling at installation afer Performs ink filling after transportaion. Type of the ink
transporting the printer (All Cap) filling is selected automatically.
FI-A Ink filling at installation after
transporting the printer (Cap-A)
FI-B Ink filling at installation after
Chapter 4
transporting the printer (Cap-B)
C At initial installation Performs ink filling at initial installation.
IR-AB Ink filling after returning from an error Performs it in the following cases. Type of the ink filling is
(All Cap) selected automatically.
IR-A Ink filling after returning from an error
(Cap-A) ・When the AC power was turned OFF during the initial
IR-B Ink filling after returning from an error ink filling or the ink filling after transportation.
Chapter 5
(Cap-B) ・The printer was turned on while the print head was not
installed.
・The INK FILLING comand is executed with the service
mode.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Cleaning timing and the amount of ink consumed
Chapter 1
24" model
Printer Status Description Domain Ink Consumption Amount
Initial installation At initial installation MBK C Approx. 70g/one color*
C,M,Y,BK Approx. 60g/one color*
Standby 160 days elapsed since last system cleaning or head S-A Approx. 6g/one color
replacement. S-B
Chapter 2
15 days elapsed since the suction at initial installation.

Power-on The print head is capped. The same as "Standby" S-A Approx. 6g/one color
S-B
The print head is NOT Up to 72 hours elapsed after A-AB Approx. 1g/one color
capped. abnormal end.
Over 72 hours elapsed after R-AB Approx. 3g/one color
abnormal end.
Before printing The same as "Standby" S-A Approx. 6g/one color
Chapter 3
S-B
After printing When one of chips (color) ejected approx. 200ml ink S-A Approx. 6g/one color
since last system cleaning or print head replacement S-B
after the on-arrival purging at the initial installation.
When executing the When "Cleaning" is selected. A-A Approx. 1g/one color
"Head Cleaning" A-B
Chapter 4
When "Deep cleaning" is selected. R-A Approx. 3g/one color

R-B
When "System cleaning" is selected. S-A Approx. 6g/one color
S-B
When executing the After replacement of the print head EX+H Approx. 19g/one color
"Replace Print Head"
When preparing for When "Move indoors on the same floor" is selected. T2 Approx. 80-320g/all colors
transportation When "Transport outdoors" is selected. T1 Approx. 320g/all colors
Chapter 5
At reinstallation MBK FI-A Approx. 80g/all colors*

C,M,Y,BK FI-B Approx. 60g/all colors*
When returning from an When the AC power was turned OFF MBK IR-A Approx. 80g/all colors*
error during the initial ink filling or the ink IR-B
Approx. 60g/all colors*
filling after transportation.The AC power C,M,Y,BK
was turned ON after that.
When the printer power was turned on MBK IR-A Approx. 80g/all colors*
Chapter 6
while the print head was not installed. C,M,Y,BK IR-B Approx. 60g/all colors*
Service mode The "INK FILLING command" is executed MBK IR-A Approx. 80g/all colors*
with the service mode. C,M,Y,BK IR-B Approx. 60g/all colors*
* Including the ink filled in the ink tubes and print head
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
36" model
Chapter 1
Printer Status Description Domain Ink consumption Amount
Initial installation At initial installation MBK C Approx. 70g/one color*
C,M,Y,BK Approx. 60g/one color*
Standby 130 days elapsed since last system cleaning or print S-A Approx. 6g/one color
head replacement. S-B
15 days elapsed since the initial suction at installation.
Power-on Print head is capped. The same as "Standby" S-A Approx. 6g/one color
Chapter 2
S-B
Print head is NOT Up to 72 hours elapsed after A-AB Approx. 1g/one color
capped. abnormal end.
Over 72 hours elapsed after R-AB Approx. 3g/one color
abnormal end.
Before printing The same as "Standby". S-A Approx. 6g/one color
S-B
Chapter 3
After printing When one of chips (color) ejected approx. 200ml ink S-A Approx. 6g/one color
since last system cleaning or print head replacement S-B
after the initial suction at installation.
When executing the When "Cleaning" is selected. A-A Approx. 1g/one color
"Head Cleaning" A-B
When "Deep cleaning" is selected. R-A Approx. 3g/one color
R-B
When "System cleaning" is selected. S-A Approx. 6g/one color
Chapter 4
S-B
When executing the After print head replacement EX+H Approx. 19g/one color
"Replace Print Head"
When preparing for When "Move indoors on the same floor" is selected. T2 Approx. 80-320g/all color
transportation When "Transport outdoors" is selected. T1 Approx. 320g/all color
At reinstallation MBK FI-A Approx. 80g/all color*
C,M,Y,BK FI-B Approx. 60g/all color*
Chapter 5
When returning from an When the AC power was turned OFF MBK IR-A Approx. 80g/all colors*
error during the initial ink filling or the ink IR-B
filling after transportation.The AC power C,M,Y,BK Approx. 60g/all colors*
was turned ON after that.
When the printer power was turned on MBK IR-A Approx. 80g/all colors*
while the print head was not installed. C,M,Y,BK IR-B Approx. 60g/all colors*
When performing the The "INK FILLING command" is executed MBK IR-A Approx. 80g/all colors*
Chapter 6
service mode with the service mode. C,M,Y,BK IR-B Approx. 60g/all colors*
* Including the ink filled in the ink tubes and print head
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
2-2-3. Ink Supply Unit
Chapter 1
1. Configuration
Chapter 2
[6]
Chapter 3
[5]
[4]
[7]
Chapter 4
[3]
[8]
[2]
Chapter 5
[9]
[1]
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Motor
No. Name Function
1 INK VALVE MOTOR Opens and closes the ink supply valve.
Sensor
Chapter 2
No Name Function
2 INK VALVE MOTOR ENCODER Detects a rotational amount of the INK VALVE MOTOR.
-> EC33-2F3A, EC34-2F3B, and EC35-2F3C error occur.
3 CHOKE VALVE POSITION SENSOR Detects location of the ink suplly valve.
-> EC33-2601, EC34-2602, or EC35-2603 error occur.
Chapter 3
Others
No. Name Function
4 GND PIN GND pin for remaining ink detection.
5 INK TANK REMAINING INK DETECTION PIN Estimates the remaining amount of ink in the sub ink tank.
6 SUB INK TANK REMAINING INK DETECTION PIN Detects whether the sub ink tank is full with ink.
7 AIR PASSAGE Makes the atmospheric pressure and barometric pressure
Chapter 4
equal in the sub tank.
8 SUB INK TANK Enables to keep up printing even when ink in the ink tank runs
out. (Ink capacity is approx. 29ml for each ink tank.)
9 INK SUPPLY VALVE By opening and closing of it, supplies ink to the print head and
agitates ink inside the ink tank.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
2. Functions
Chapter 1
The function of the ink supply unit is as follows.

·· Supplyies ink to the print head.
·· Monitors ink level in the ink tank and sub ink tank.
·· Prevents ink sedimentation in the ink tank and sub ink tank caused by leaving the printer alone for a
long time.
Chapter 2
Details
Ink supply to the print head:
Initial ink filling:
Chapter 3
1) Install the ink tank and it is opend with two pins (ink tank remaining ink detection pin and GND pin).
2) The pump in the purge unit is driven to generate negative pressure inside the ink supply tube.
3) Opens the ink supply valve and draws ink from the ink tank to the sub ink tank. Ink is drawn until
the sub ink tank remaining ink detection pin detects that the sub ink tank becomes full with ink. (If it
does not detect the full of the sub ink tank even after a certain amount of time has passed, ink may
Chapter 4
not have been supplied from the ink tank to the sub tank. The message to prompt a user to remove
and install the ink tank will be displayed on the printer operation panel.) (231x error)
4) Closes the ink supply valve after filling ink is completed. The pump in the purge unit generates the
negative pressure inside the ink supply tube. After that, the ink supply valve is open and ink is drawn
to the ink tube. By repeating this operation several times, ink can be reached to the print head.
Chapter 5
5) The head management sensor confirms whether ink is reached to the print head by ejecting ink from
the print head. In case ink has not been ejected, reattempts to draw ink and the head management
sensor detects whether or not the ink is ejected again. If the sensor does not detect the ink ejection
after attempting it three times, outputs the EC3F-2F40 error
6) Fills ink to the sub ink tank after ink supply to the print head is completed.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
The animation for the Initial ink filling
Ink Tank
Print Head
Chapter 2
Ink Supply
Valve
Sub Ink Tank
Chapter 3
Remaining Ink Detection Pin
Sub Ink Tank
Vaccum Pump
Chapter 4
Ink supply during printing:
The ink supply valve is open during printing and ink is supplied from the ink tank according to the ink
consumption in the print head. If ink remains in the sub ink tank even though ink in the ink tank runs
out, the ink tank is replaceable during printing without interrupting the operation.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Preventing ink sedimentation in the ink tank and sub ink tank caused by leaving the printer alone for a long
time:
The elements of the pigment-ink will be settled out by leaving the printer alone for a long time.
To prevent this, agitates ink in the ink tank and sub ink tank regularly by opening and closing of the ink
supply valve. (It takes approx. 2 minutes at maximum.)
Chapter 2
The animation for the ink agitation

Chapter 3
Ink Tank
Chapter 4
Ink Supply Valve

Sub Ink Tank
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Controlling ink level in the ink tank and sub ink tank:
Monitors the remaining ink amount in the ink tank and sub ink tank to prevent the print head from non-
ejection of ink caused by running out of ink.
Monitoring of the remaining ink level:

With the dot count (ink consumption from ink ejection and purging) and ink detection pins, monitors
Chapter 2
the remaining ink amount in the ink tank and sub ink tank.
Ink level Detection

The dot count estimates the remaining ink level.
(The remaining ink level is indicated by per 10%.)
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
The remaining ink detection pin in the ink tank detects ink running out.
(when the remaining ink level gets less than 10%.)
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Ink level Detection
Chapter 1
The remaning ink detecion pin in the sub ink tank detects ink running out.
(Empty ink tank)
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
The dot count estimates the ink level in the sub tank.
(100% or less, 60% or less, 30% or less, 0%)
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
The dot count detects that ink consumption amount exceeds the specified amount.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Ink level Detection
Chapter 1
It is displayed until the remaining ink level is confirmed after removing and
installing the ink tank.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
2-2-4. Carriage Unit
Chapter 1
1. Configuration
[1]
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
[3]
[7] [4]
Chapter 4
[6]
Chapter 5
[5] [2]
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Mortor
No. Name Function
1 CARRIAGE MOTOR Drives the CARRIAGE MOTOR and moves the CARRIAGE UNIT
left and right.
2 LIFT MOTOR Drives the LIFT MOTOR and moves the CARRIAGE UNIT up and
down to change the carriage height.
Chapter 2
Sensor
No Name Fuction
3 CARRIAGE ENCODER Reads the slit of the LINEAR ENCODER STRIP.
4 CARRIAGE LIFT ENCODER Detects a rotational amount of the CARRIAGE LIFT MOTOR.
When it cannot detect. -> EC06-2F9A error occurs.
5 CARRIAGE LIFT SENSOR Detects the home position of the print head.
Chapter 3
When it cannot detect. -> EC06-2F9B, EC06-2F9C error occur.
Others
No. Name Function
6 MULTI SENSOR UNIT Performs detection and adjustment.
7 LINEAR SCALE Detects the CARRIAGE UNIT position from the slit information
Chapter 4
on the LINEAR SCALE read by the CARRIAGE ENCODER.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
2. Functions
Chapter 1
The function of the carriage unit is as follows:

·· Makes the print head move to the specified position to eject ink. (horizontal direction)
·· Moves the multi sensor to perform a various adjustment and a detection.
Chapter 2
Details
Making the print head move to the specified position in order to eject ink. (horizontal direction):
Moves the print head right and left according to the printing command, and ejects ink from the nozzle to the
specifed positon on the paper. To achieve this, the following function is adopted to this printer.
Chapter 3
·· Reducing uneven printing by having a constant carriage speed (carriage cogging correction):
The correction table (a reverse signal of the motor torque) correcting an irregular carriage speed
caused by different strength in the carriage motor torque is provided. By controlling the motor speed,
uneven printing caused by inconstant speed due to the motor torque characteristic can be reduced.
Unlike the PRO series, the carriage speed is not equalized by the acceleration correction signal in this
Chapter 4
printer.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
The animation for the carriage gogging correction
Before Correction
MAIN PCB UNIT
Chapter 2
Speed Control Signal
Motor Speed
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Carriage Motor
After Correction
MAIN PCB UNIT
Chapter 5
Speed Control Signal
Correction Table
Motor Speed
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Carriage Motor
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
·· Ink dot placement correction in the acceleration and deceleration speed zone:
Chapter 1
Controls an ink ejection timing in order to avoid an ink dot displacement caused by dependence on the
carriage speed in the acceleration and deceleration zone. The ink dot can be landed to a target position
when the carriage speed is constant at all times and the speed from ink ejection to landing is evenly
applied to all the zones.
To improve the printing speed, performs printing with accelerating and decelerating the carriage speed
Chapter 2
in the area where image is to be printed. Displacement of printing occurs against the target position as
shown in the “Before Correction” in the picture below if the ink ejection timing in the acceleration and
deceleration zone is controlled without considering a speed difference between the constant speed
zones. To avoid the displacement of printing, controls a print start timing, considering the difference in
speed between the acceleration & deceleration zone and the constant speed zone.
Chapter 3
Accelerating Speed Zone Constant Speed Zone Decelerating Speed Zone

Chapter 4
Before
Correction
Chapter 5
Target print position Target print position

Chapter 6
Print position is shifted. Print position is not shifted. Print position si shifted.
After
Correction
Chapter 7
Print start position is corrected. Print start position is corrected.

Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
·· Correcting a positional displacement in printing caused by mechanical error:
Chapter 1
Performs against a positional displacement of printing occurred in the carriage direction (scanning
direction) in which the displacement cannot correct by performing the print head alignment with the
user mode. Creates a correction table for each direction, the forward and return direction, and a print
displacement can be reduced by applying this correction table.
Before Correction
Chapter 2
Carriage Shaft
Chapter 3
Printing position is not shifted.
Printing position is shifted.
After Correction
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Print start position is corrected. No correction is made.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
·· Improving the dot placement accuracy:
Chapter 1
When the carriage height gets wider, ink mist, which is generated while ink is landed from the print
head to a paper, increases. On the other hand, when the carriage height gets narrower, the print head
may be contacted with a paper.
To print with an accurate carriage height, adjusts the print head to optimum height automatically
according to the paper type and environment (temperature/moisture) before printing.
Chapter 2
There are eight positions in the carriage height as follows:

Position Carriage height Main uses
-4 1.0mm
-3 1.2mm
-2 1.4mm Carriage lock, wiping
Chapter 3
-1 1.6mm
0 1.8mm
+1 2.0mm
+2 2.2mm
+3 2.6mm
The carriage height in this list indicates the distance from the print head nozzle to the platen.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Various adjustmnet and detection by the multi sensor:
Chapter 1
Measures a paper width and paper position automatically to improve accuracy in a printing position and to
avoid printing outside the paper. The multi sensor performs the GAP detection, print head alignment, paper
feed adjustment, color calibration, and etc.
Configuration:
The multi sensor consists of the paper edge detection part, GAP detection part, and density
Chapter 2
detection part. The LED (light-emitting part) and photo sensor (light-receiving part) is installed in the
each part.
A. Paper edge detection:

The LED (in the "A" area in the picture below) emits light to a paper. The photo sensor receives the
Chapter 3
LED light reflected from the paper and detects the paper edge, paper width, and paper skew.
B. GAP detection:
The LED (in the "B" area in the picture below) emits light to a paper. The two photo sensors receive
the LED light reflected from the paper to measure and adjust the height between the print head
Chapter 4
and a paper.
C. Density detection:
The 3-color LEDs (in the "C" area in the picture below) emits light to a paper, and the photo sensor
receives the LED light reflected from the paper to perform color calibration.
Chapter 5
A. Paper Edge B. GAP C. Density
Detection Detection Detection
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
LED Photo Sensor 3-color LEDs

Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
2-2-5. Head Management Sensor Unit
Chapter 1
Configuration
LED
Light receiving Part

Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Head Management Sensor

Chapter 4
Ink Absorber
Chapter 5
Functions
The function of the head management sensor is as follows:

·· Detects a non-ejection of the print head nozzle
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Details:
Chapter 1
Detecting of non-ejection of the pint head nozzle:
Confirms whether each nozzle on the print head ejects ink regularly. In case of a non-ejection of ink, to
prevent deterioration of image quality, performs nozzle cleaning or complements a non-ejection nozzle with
other good nozzles. For details of the performance, execution timing, and mechanism of the non-ejection
Chapter 2
complementary nozzle is as follows.
·· Performance:
The photo sensor receives the LED light during detecting a non-ejection of ink. Each nozzle on the print
head ejects ink to the optical path and judges a non-ejection of ink by reading changes in the amount
Chapter 3
of light as an ink drop passes through the optical path. (It judges as a non-ejection of ink if the sensor
does not detect the changes in the light amount even though ink is ejected from the nozzle.)
A result from a detection of the non-ejecting nozzle is saved to the RAM area right after the detection.
It is used for a recovery performance such as cleaning or non-ejection complementary to prevent
quality deterioration in printing.
Chapter 4
Print Head
Chapter 5
Ink droplets
Chapter 6
LED light
Chapter 7
Light Recieving part

Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
·· When to implement:
Chapter 1
·· When filling ink at setting

·· After conducting a various cleaning
·· After the specified amount of ink (by dot count) is ejected since the previous non-ejection
detection performance.
·· After printing for the number of papers set by the customer finishes since the previous non-
Chapter 2
ejection detection performance. (It performs between pages even while print job is executing.)
·· After replacing the print head
·· After ink filling after the transportation.
·· After 168-hours elapsed since the previous ejection.
Chapter 3
·· Mechanism of the non-ejection complementary nozzle:

Refer to the following movie.
The animation for the mechanism of the non-ejection complementary nozzle

Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
59
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
2-3-1. Initial Flowchart

The flowchart below shows an initial performance from power-on to stand-by.
Chapter 2
Checks printer serial number

and model ID.
Startup will be interrupted due to mismatch, and a service call error occurs.
When replacing the PCB is detected in logging into the service mode,
it becomes the PCB replacement mode.
Checks service call error records.

Chapter 3
Once the service call error occurs, the error information will be recorded to EEPROM in the PCB.
After that, the error continuously occur in the same timing every time the printer is started up.
This error can be cleared by resetting a function in the service mode
after the printer is fixed by a service technician.
Checks installation of
Checks the tank cover closed. Checks the top cover closed. the maintenance cartridge.
Chapter 4
Checks the PAPER ENTRY SENSOR.
Checks whether a paper is loaded.

Chapter 5
Initializes
the PAPER FEED ROLLER position.
The paper feed home position sensor detects a home position of the paper feed roller.
Checks the multi sensor.

Chapter 6
Checks the ink tank.
Checks whether an ink tank has been installed.

Chapter 7
Turns on the platen fan.
Performs only when a paper is set.
To the next page

Chapter 8
60 2-3. Initial Flowchart

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
From the previous page
Chapter 2
Initializes ink supply.
Opens the ink supply valve.
Chapter 3
Initializes the PURGE UNIT.
Initializes a position of the cap and wiper.
Initializes the CARRIAGE UNIT.
Chapter 4
Initializes a distance between the print head and platen.
Checks the HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR.
Chapter 5
Initializes
paper feed mechanism.
- Moves the nip arm to a place where nipping is weaker.
- Checks performance of the active roll brake unit.
Closes the cap.
Checks a various engine status.

Chapter 6
Checks the ink tank error, maintenance cartridge error, head error,
and other errors, and an error will be displayed when detecting abnormity.
Chapter 7
Feeds
a paper.
Turns off the platen fan.

Chapter 8
2-3. Initial Flowchart 61

SM-18001E-00
SM-18001E-00
62
CHAPTER 3
INSTALLATION
3-1. Printer Installation, Transportation, Reinstallation……………………………………………………………………… 64

Printer Installation……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 64
Transportation…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 64
Prepare to transport 64
Printer in transport 64
Reinstallation ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 64
Details of transportation modes 65
Replacing consumable parts for transportation 65
3-2. Connection Settings for Remote Service……………………………………………………………………………………… 66

1) Outline 66
2) Settings procedures 66
3) Notes on servicing 69
4) FAQ 70
5) Error information displayed in communication log [COM-LOG] 71
63
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
3-1. Printer Installation, Transportation, Reinstallation

Printer Installation
Set up the printer by following Setup Guide bundled with the printer box.
Chapter 2
Transportation
Prepare to transport
Prepare to transport the printer by following "Prepare to Transfer the printer" section in User Manual.
··Run the appropriate transpotation mode by referring the "Details of transportation modes" table.
··Replace the parts listed in the "Replacing consumable parts for transpotation" list if the massage,
Chapter 3
"Replacement of a consumable part is required", is displayed on the operation panel when you tap
[Prepare to move].
··The maintenance cartridge needs to be replaced when you tap [Prepare to move].Prepare the
maintenance cartridge in advance while referring to the "Details of transportation modes" table.
Drain the ink manually if [Prepare to move] can not be run in trouble on the printer.
Chapter 4
<How to drain ink manually>

Refer to 5-2. Disassembly and Reassembly > 18 How to drain ink > How to drain ink manually.
Printer in transport
Transport the printer by following the "transfer condition" under the "Details of transportation modes" table.
Chapter 5
Reinstallation
Reinstall the printer by following "Reinstalling the printer" section in User Manual.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
64 3-1. Printer Installation, Transportation, Reinstallation

SM-18001E-00
Details of transportation modes
Chapter 1
Item [Move on the same floor] [Transport outdoors]
Transportation Allowed tilting angle 30° or less omnidirectionally*
condition Transporting and storing Not allowed Allowed
in low temperature
environment(0 ˚C or less)
The number of maintenance cartridge to be One maintenance cartridge
used
Chapter 2
Consumable parts to be replaced Replace it in case "Replacement of a consumable part is required." is
displayed on the operation panel. Refer the "Replacing consumable
parts for transportation" list for which parts to be replaced.
*Ink might be spilled out of the printer if it is tilted at 30° or more.
Replacing consumable parts for transportation
Chapter 3
24 inch models
Part counter name Part name Part number Threshold value of
counter(ml)
Wia1 WASTE INK BOX UNIT, HP QM4-5984 45
Wia2 WASTE INK BOX UNIT, CENTER QM4-5985 524
Wia7 SUCTION FAN UNIT QM4-5987 203.7
Mi1 EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT QM4-5995 48.5
Chapter 4
36 inch models
Part counter name Part name Part number Threshold value of
counter(ml)
Wia1 WASTE INK BOX UNIT, HP QM4-5984 45
Wia2 WASTE INK BOX UNIT, BP QM4-5986 416
Wia5 WASTE INK BOX UNIT, CENTER QM4-5985 524
Wia7 SUCTION FAN UNIT QM4-5987 203.7
Chapter 5
Mi1 EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT QM4-5995 48.5
When replacing consumables, be careful about ink leakage.
After replacing consumables, select [SERVICE MODE > PRINTER STATUS > PARTS COUNTER > RESET] in the
operation panel to reset the parts counter information.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
3-1. Printer Installation, Transportation, Reinstallation 65

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
3-2. Connection Settings for Remote Service

1) Outline
Remote service (NETEYE/e-Maintenance/imageWARE Remote) is printer remote monitoring service on the

Chapter 2
Internet based on the agreement with the customer.

The remote service becomes available by making the agreement, registering the printer information to the
UGW, and activating the printer E-RDS setting. The status change of the printer, counter information, problem
information, etc. are transmitted to UGW via the Internet.
Based on the agreement, perform the following setting procedures:
Chapter 3
Note
··E-RDS (EMBEDDED-RDS): Monitoring program operating in the printer
··UGW (Universal Gateway Server): Remote service administrative server
··HTTPS/SOAP protocol is used for the communication between UGW and the printer.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
2) Settings procedures
Chapter 6
< Advance preparation >
1. Before using this function, confirm the following items and perform the setting in advance:
(1) Confirm with the UGW administrator that the printer for setting E-RDS UGW is registered in UGW.
Chapter 7
(2) Confirm the items below. If the settings necessary for internet connection are not made, do those
settings.
• IP address setting
• DNS server setting
• Proxy server setting (If authentication is required, also perform the setting of authentication
Chapter 8
information)
66 3-2. Connection Settings for Remote Service

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Note
··Obtain the network environment information of the installation location from the system
administrator of the user’s network environment.
··The network-related setting is assumed to be performed by the user in advance. If necessary settings
are not performed, advise the user to perform the setting or do the settings with his/her agreement.
<E-RDS settings procedures>
Chapter 2
The setting (E-RDS SWITCH ON/OFF, Communication test) required for enabling E-RDS functions can be
performed both in service mode and user mode.
The setting in the service mode is required for displaying Record of use (Total print area/Ink consumed/
Duty counter).
Chapter 3
For details, see Details of E-RDS in Chapter 7.
<E-RDS settings procedures (service mode)>
1. Launch the service mode.
Chapter 4
2. Enable E-RDS function in service mode, and then execute the communication test.
(1) Enable E-RDS function by selecting [ON] in [SERVICE MODE > E-RDS > E-RDS SETUP > E-RDS SWITCH]
menu.
Chapter 5
Note
When the E-RDS function is enabled, the function that communicates with UGW is enabled.
Caution
Chapter 6
··The values of URL (UGW ADDRESS) and port number (UGW PORT) for UGW must not be changed
unless otherwise indicated.
··If they are changed, a communication error with UGW occurs.
··If they are mistakenly changed, reset E-RDS from [E-RDS OTHERS] > [RESET E-RDS DAT], and then,
perform the E-RDS setting again.
(2) Run [SERVICE MODE > E-RDS > E-RDS SETUP > COM-TEST].
Chapter 7
When the communication test was successful, the connection setting to remote service is completed. Go
to (3).
When the communication test was failed, refer to [SERVICE MODE > E-RDS > E-RDS SETUP > COM-LOG] to
confirm the failure information, and then check the network settings necessary for internet connection.
After the above confirmation and settings, follow < E-RDS settings procedures (service mode) > again.
Chapter 8
3-2. Connection Settings for Remote Service 67

SM-18001E-00
Note
Chapter 1
··The communication test cannot be cancelled during the test execution (no other operations are not be
accepted until the test results are obtained).
··E-RDS obtains schedule information and starts monitoring by executing the communication test with
UGW.
··For the error information in [Communication log], see 5) Error information displayed in communication
log [COM-LOG] to be described.
Chapter 2
Caution
··When the E-RDS setting is enabled in the setting on the printer side without registering the printer
information on UGW, the status change of the printer, counter information, problem information, etc.
are transmitted to UGW via the Internet.
··In order that the applicable printer will be monitored by the remote services such as NETEYE,
e-Maintenance, and imageWARE Remote, it is required to register the printer information in UGW.
(3) Select [SERVICE MODE > E-RDS > E-RDS SETUP > DISPLAY SETTING], and specify the ON/OFF settings of
Chapter 3
Records of use (Total print area/Ink consumed/Duty counter) in user mode. This setting is reflected in [Printer
information > Usege totals] in user mode.
[E-RDS SETUP] > [DISPLAY SETTING] menu configuration

Fourth level Fifth level Six level Contents
Chapter 4
TTL PRINT AREA ON Display setting

OFF ([Total print area] ON/OFF setting)
INK CONSUMED ON Display setting
OFF ([Ink consumed] ON/OFF setting)
DUTY CNT ON Display setting
OFF ([Duty counter] ON/OFF setting)
DISPLAY DECIMAL TTL PRINT AREA ON Decimal point display setting
OFF ([Total print area] decimal point ON/OFF setting)
INK CONSUMED ON Decimal point display setting
Chapter 5
OFF ([Ink consumed] decimal point ON/OFF setting)

DUTY CNT ON Decimal point display setting
OFF ([Duty counter] decimal point ON/OFF setting)
UNIT TTL PRINT AREA LENGTH UNIT Unit setting
A4 ([Total print area] unit/value setting)
LETTER [LENGTH UNIT] -> m2
[A4] ->A4 equivalent
[LETTER] -> LTR equivalent
Chapter 6
DUTY CNT LENGTH UNIT Unit setting

A4 ([Duty counter] unit/value setting)
LETTER
* Underlined setting values for each setting ([ON/OFF], [LENGTH UNIT/A4/LETTER]) are defaults.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
<E-RDS settings procedures (user mode)>
Chapter 1
1. Launch the user mode.
2. Enable E-RDS function in user mode, and then execute the communication test.
Chapter 2
(1) Select the following items:
[Device settings > Monitoring service settings]
(2) Enable the E-RDS function by selecting [Active] in [Device settings > Monitoring service settings >
Enable/disable monitoring service] menu.
Chapter 3
Note
When the E-RDS function is enabled, the function that communicates with UGW is enabled.
(3) Select [Device settings > Monitoring service settings > Communication test], and then select [Yes]
Chapter 4
for “Do you want to perform a communication test with the remote maintenance server?.”
When the communication test was successful, the connection setting to remote service is completed.
When the communication test was failed, refer to [Device settings > Monitoring service settings >
Communication log] to confirm the failure information, and then check the network settings necessary
Chapter 5
for internet connection. After the above confirmation and settings, follow <E-RDS settings procedures
(user mode)> again.
Note
··The communication test cannot be cancelled during the test execution (no other operations are not be
accepted until the test results are obtained).
Chapter 6
··E-RDS obtains schedule information and starts monitoring by executing the communication test with
UGW.
··For the error information in [Communication log], see 5) Error information displayed in communication
log [COM-LOG] to be described.
Caution
When the E-RDS setting is enabled in the setting on the printer side without registering the printer
information on UGW, the status change of the printer, counter information, problem information, etc.
Chapter 7
are transmitted to UGW via the Internet.

In order that the applicable printer will be monitored by the remote services such as NETEYE,
e-Maintenance, and imageWARE Remote, it is required to register the printer information in UGW.
3) Notes on servicing
Chapter 8
• After the MAIN PCB UNIT is replaced, the remote service transmission schedule information is lost.
Based on the agreement on remote service (NETEYE/e-Maintenance/imageWARE Remote), if the
E-RDS function is enabled, it is necessary to execute a communication test after replacing MAIN PCB

SM-18001E-00
UNIT.
Chapter 1
If not executed, the subsequent transmission schedule information will not be acquired again,
and will not be transmitted to UGW. Therefore, this will affect the provision of remote service to
customers.
*see 7-3. PCB Replacement Mode in Chapter 7 to be described.
• If the agreement of remote service (NETEYE/e-Maintenance/imageWARE Remote) of the printer
Chapter 2
becomes invalid, set[SERVICE MODE > E-RDS > E-RDS SWITCH] to [OFF] in service mode
or set [Device settings > Monitoring service settings > Enable/disable monitoring service] to [Inactive]
in user mode.
4) FAQ
Chapter 3
No. Questions Answers

1 Fails in communication test [COM-TEST]. If communication test [COM-TEST] fails, the following factors are
possible:
1. Network cable is removed or broken.
2. Name resolution fails (host name is incorrect or DNS server has
been halted).
3. The network setting (IP address/DNS server/proxy server
(authentication)) is incorrect.
Chapter 4
4. The setting of UGW-ADDRESS or UGW-PORT has been changed.

-> Check communication log [COM-LOG], and then see 5. Error
information displayed in communication log [COM-LOG] on the next
page to solve the error.
2 The UGW printer (E-RDS) is once unregistered When the UGW printer (E-RDS) is unregistered, the records on the
and is registered again. However, the counter applicable printer (E-RDS) are deleted from the database. Therefore, it
information of the printer (E-RDS) is not is necessary to perform the communication test [COM-TEST] again after
reflected in UGW. the re-registration to avoid the registration of the applicable printer
Chapter 5
being invalid. It is because the registration of the applicable printer

becomes invalid after seven days have elapsed since the re-registration
of the printer (E-RDS) based on the judgment that the communication
test has not been executed.
3 Can the printer be turned off during remote While remote service is operated, the printer and the networking
servicing? equipment such as HUB must be always powered ON. Do not leave the
printer and the networking equipment off over a long time.
4 Timing of transmitting data from the printer The start time and timing of data transmitting are specified by the UGW
Chapter 6
(E-RDS) to UGW and its data size side.

Transmitted once per 12 hours, 16 hours and 7 days, and when a
printer status changed.
Each data size is approx. 150K byte in maximum.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
5) Error information displayed in communication log [COM-LOG]
Chapter 1
Error Code Description
0500 0003 Error Communication test is not performed.
Detection E-RDS has restarted (printer reboot) with ERDS SWITCH = ON but the communication
Description test had not been performed yet.
Handling Perform the communication test [COM-TEST].
8600 0002 Error Event Registration is Failed.
8600 0003 Detection
Processing inside the printer (even registration) is failed.
Chapter 2
8600 0101 Description
8600 0201 Turn on and off the printer.
8600 0305 If this error recurs even after turning OFF and ON, check the necessity of rewriting the
8600 0306 printer firmware (version upgrade).
8600 0401 Handling
8600 0403
8600 0414
8600 0415
Chapter 3
8xxx 2001 Error URL Scheme error (not https)
Detection The header of the URL of the registered UGW is not in https format. A “https://” input
Description error.
Handling Check UGW-ADDRESS setting (https://a01.***)*1.
8xxx 200A Error Server connection error
Detection
An UGW connection error. Displayed in the event of a TCP/IP communication fault.
Description
Handling Check the network-related settings.
Chapter 4
8xxx 2002 Error URL server specified is illegal.
Detection UGW-specified URL error
Description URL address setting error
8xxx 2014 Error Proxy connection error
Detection Proxy connection error
Description Cannot connect to proxy server.
Handling Check proxy server address.
Chapter 5
8xxx 201E Error Proxy authentication error
Detection Proxy authentication error
Description The proxy authentication fails.
Handling Confirm user name and password required for logging into proxy server.
8xxx 2028 Error Server certificate error
Detection Server certificate error
Description The printer’s route certificate is unavailable.
Handling Check the necessity of rewriting the printer firmware (version upgrade).
Chapter 6
8xxx 2046 Error Server certificate expired
Detection Server certificate is expired.
Description The route certificate registered with the printer has expired.
Set the printer time and date correctly.
Handling If the printer time and date are correct, check the necessity of rewriting the printer
firmware (version upgrade).
8xxx 2058 Error Unknown error
Detection
Chapter 7
Other communication error

Description
Perform communication test [COM-TEST] again after an interval.
Handling
Then, if the same error occurs, check the UGW status with UGW administrator.
8xxx 2063 Error SOAP Fault
Detection
SOAP communication error
Description
Handling Confirm that the value of UGW-PORT is 443.
8xxx 0101 Error Server response error (NULL)
Chapter 8
Detection UGW response error (UGW error code processing has failed)
Description HTTPS communication error
Handling
Then, if the same error occurs, check the UGW status with UGW administrator.

SM-18001E-00
Error Code Description
Chapter 1
8xxx 2004 Server response error (hex number)

Error
Hex number: Error detailed in the UGW
UGW response error
Detection
Communication with UGW has been successful, but UGW responds error due to some
Description
sort of error.
Handling
Confirm the error code (hex number) from UGW displayed after the message appears.
Chapter 2
xxxx xxxx Error Device internal error

Detection Printer internal error
Description An error due to the device side
Turn on and off the printer.
Handling
Or check the necessity of rewriting the printer firmware (version upgrade).
8xxx 0201 Error Server schedule is invalid
8xxx 0202 Detection During the communication test, there has been some kind of error in the schedule
8xxx 0203 Description values passed from UGW.
8xxx 0204
Chapter 3
Report detailed information to support department when error occurs.

8xxx 0206 Handling After any action is taken on the UGW side, perform communication test [COM-TEST]
again.
8xxx 2047 Error Server response time out
Detection UGW response time out
Description Late response due to network congestion
When the error occurs during communication test, perform communication test [COM-
Handling
TEST] again after an interval.
Chapter 4
8xxx 2048 Error Server not found

Detection
Server is not found (URL path is incorrect).
Description
84xx 0003 Error E-RDS switch is set OFF
Detection
E-RDS is disabled.
Description
Handling Perform the communication test [COM-TEST] with E-RDS SWITCH=ON.
Chapter 5
0xxx 0003 Error Server schedule is not exist

Detection Server schedule does not exist.
Description Blank schedule data has been received from UGW.
Handling Check the printer settings status with the UGW administrator.
8xxx 2003 Error Network is not ready, try later.
Detection
Network-related settings have not been made for the printer.
Description
Handling Perform the network-related settings of the printer properly.
Chapter 6
8xxx 2052 Error URL error

Detection URL setting error
Description Non-URL text string entered in URL field.
8xxx 2015 Error Proxy address resolution error
Detection
Proxy server address resolution error
Description
Handling Check the setting of the proxy server name.
Chapter 7
8xxx 2029 Error Server certificate verify error

Detection
The server certificate verification (URL check) error.
Description
8xxx 200B Error Server address resolution error
Detection
UGW address resolution error
Description
Chapter 8
*1: Not included in this manual for security purpose.

SM-18001E-00
CHAPTER 4
MAINTENANCE, CONSUMABLE PARTS
4-1. Outline………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 74
4-2. Periodic Replacement Parts………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 75
4-3. Consumable Parts……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 76
4-4. Periodic Maintenance………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 78
73
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
4-1. Outline
This chapter explains the maintenance conducted by a service person.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
74 4-1. Outline
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
4-2. Periodic Replacement Parts
Level Periodic replacement parts

User None
Service None
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
4-2. Periodic Replacement Parts 75

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
4-3. Consumable Parts

24ʺ model
Counter Life sheets/ Warning level threshold Panel message*3 Items to be
Part name Part number
name*1 A1*2 counted
Level 1 Level 2 Unit Level 1 Level 2
The number of
Wia1 WASTE INK BOX UNIT, HP QM4-5984 43.65 45.00 ml W1 EC43-4001
dots
Chapter 2
25000
WASTE INK BOX UNIT, The number of
Wia5 QM4-5985 1060.21 1093.00 ml W1 EC44-4001
CENTER dots
The number of
Wia7 SUCTION FAN UNIT QM4-5987 103000 203.70 210.00 ml W1 EC41-4001
dots
The number of
WF1 MCG GUIDE UNIT QM4-6182 - 48.50 50.00 ml W1 EC48-4001
dots
CR1 CARRIAGE UNIT QM4-6733 10852842 12058714 (× 210) mm W1 W2 CR scan length
CARRIAGE UNIT QM4-6733 30000 (× 1000000) Total ejected ink
CR2 14877000 16530000 W1 W2
SCALE, LINEAR QC4-9427 dot amount
The rotation
number of carriage
Chapter 3
CR3 CARRIAGE UNIT QM4-6733 85000 162000 180000 Times W1 W2

height changing
cam
The number of CR
CR4 INK TUBE UNIT QM4-5962 38000 3960000 4400000 Times W1 EC32-4001
scanning
(× 1000000) Total ejected ink
CR5 MULTI SENSOR UNIT QM4-5977 30000 14877000 16530000 W1 W2
dot amount
The number of
PG1 90000 100000 Times W1 EC31-4001
capping
The number of
PG2 1170000 1300000 Times W1 EC31-4001
pump rotation
PURGE UNIT QM4-6171 50000 The relativeness
Chapter 4
between total
(x1000000)
PG3 - 54900000 W1 - ejected ink
dot
amount and the
light amount*4
The relativeness
between the
number of
HEAD MANAGEMENT
HMa1 QM4-6180 123000 - 4.2 ng W1 EC22-4001 dots in Head
SENSOR UNIT
Management
Sensor Unit and
the light amount*4
MT1 CARRIAGE MOTOR QK1-5068 200000 13500 15000 h W1 W2 CR driving time
Chapter 5
The relativeness
between total
PAPER FEED ENCODER UNIT QM4-6205 (x1000000)
LFS1 25000 - 17925000 W1 W2 ejected ink
FILM, TIMING SLIT DISK QD1-2702 dot
amount and the
light amount*4
PL1 ACTIVE ROLL BRAKE MOTOR QM4-6727 1000000 27000 30000 h W1 W2 Paper feeding time
The number
Mi1 EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT QM4-5995 30000 9.10 50.00 ml W1 EC25-4001 of dots in mist
collecting box
*1: The counter name displayed when selecting [SERVICE MODE > PRINTER STATUS > PARTS COUNTER >
Chapter 6
COUNTER XX-X] in the operation panel

*2: The timing of replacing consumables varies depending on print mode usage conditions.
Printing conditions: Canon Heavyweight Coated Paper HG 145gsm, Photo illustration, standard mode /
12.5 % × 3 color (CMY) + 6.8% (MBK) + 5.7% (BK) = 50% Duty
*3: If the threshold value of counter with an error code exceeds 100%, an error code is displayed and the
Chapter 7
printer stops. If not, predetermined message is displayed and the printer does not stop.
*4: The parts replacement timing of PG3, HMa1, and LFS1 is determined based on the relativeness between
the count value of the ink consumption amount and the light-amount value of each sensor. For details,
refer to The consumption degree of PG3, HMa1, and LFS1 in 7-2. Service Mode.
Chapter 8
NOTE:
After consumable parts are replaced, select [SERVICE MODE > PRINTER STATUS > PARTS COUNTER > RESET] to
reset the parts counter.
76 4-3. Consumable Parts

SM-18001E-00
36ʺ model
Chapter 1
Counter Life sheets / Warning level threshold Panel message*3 Items to be
Part name Part number
name*1 A0*2 counted
Level 1 Level 2 Unit Level 1 Level 2
The number of
Wia1 WASTE INK BOX UNIT, HP QM4-5984 43.65 45.00 ml W1 EC43-4001
dots
The number of
Wia2 WASTE INK BOX UNIT, BP QM4-5986 14000 849.72 876.00 ml W1 EC47-4001
dots
WASTE INK BOX UNIT, The number of
Wia5 QM4-5985 1060.21 1093.00 ml W1 EC44-4001
CENTER dots
Chapter 2
The number of
Wia7 SUCTION FAN UNIT QM4-5987 103000 203.70 210.00 ml W1 EC41-4001
dots
The number of
WF1 MCG GUIDE UNIT QM4-6182 - 48.50 50.00 ml W1 EC48-4001
dots
CR1 CARRIAGE UNIT QM4-6732 16000 11729160 13032400 (× 210)mm W1 W2 CR scan length
CARRIAGE UNIT QM4-6732 (× 1000000) Total ejected ink
CR2 16000 16632000 18480000 W1 W2
SCALE, LINEAR QC4-8815 dot amount
The rotation
number of
CR3 CARRIAGE UNIT QM4-6732 87000 162000 180000 Times W1 W2
carriage height
changing cam
The number of
Chapter 3
CR4 INK TUBE UNIT QM4-5863 28000 3960000 4400000 Times W1 EC32-4001
CR scanning
(× 1000000) Total ejected ink
CR5 MULTI SENSOR UNIT QM4-5977 16000 16632000 18480000 W1 W2
dot amount
The number of
PG1 90000 100000 Times W1 EC31-4001
capping
The number of
PG2 1170000 1300000 Times W1 EC31-4001
pump rotation
PURGE UNIT QM4-6171 50000 The relativeness
between total
(× 1000000)
PG3 - 54900000 W1 - ejected ink
dot
amount and the
Chapter 4
light amount*4
The relativeness
between the
number of
HEAD MANAGEMENT dots in Head
HMa1 QM4-6180 60000 - 4.2 ng W1 EC22-4001
SENSOR UNIT Management
Sensor Unit
and the light
amount*4
MT1 CARRIAGE MOTOR QK1-5068 200000 13500 15000 h W1 W2 CR driving time
The relativeness
between total
Chapter 5
PAPER FEED ENCODER UNIT QM4-6205 (× 1000000)
LFS1 25000 - 18480000 W1 W2 ejected ink
FILM, TIMING SLIT DISK QD1-2702 dot
amount and the
light amount*4
Paper feeding
PL1 ACTIVE ROLL BRAKE MOTOR QM4-6727 730000 27000 30000 h W1 W2
time
The number
Mi1 EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT QM4-5995 30000 9.10 50.00 ml W1 EC25-4001 of dots in mist
collecting box
*1: The counter name displayed when selecting [SERVICE MODE > PRINTER STATUS > PARTS COUNTER >
COUNTER XX-X] in the operation panel
Chapter 6
*2: The timing of replacing consumables varies depending on print mode usage conditions.
Printing conditions: Canon Heavyweight Coated Paper HG 145gsm, Photo illustration, standard mode /
12.5 % × 3 color (CMY) + 6.8% (MBK) + 5.7% (BK) = 50% Duty
*3: If the threshold value of counter with an error code exceeds 100%, an error code is displayed and the
printer stops. If not, predetermined message is displayed and the printer does not stop.
Chapter 7
*4: The parts replacement timing of PG3, HMa1, and LFS1 is determined based on the relativeness between
the count value of the ink consumption amount and the light-amount value of each sensor. For details,
refer to The consumption degree of PG3, HMa1, and LFS1 in 7-2. Service Mode.
NOTE:
Chapter 8
After consumable parts are replaced, select [SERVICE MODE > PRINTER STATUS > PARTS COUNTER > RESET] to
reset the parts counter.
4-3. Consumable Parts 77

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
4-4. Periodic Maintenance
Level Periodic maintenance

User Printer cleaning (once a month)
Service None
Chapter 2
In order to maintain print quality or prevent troubles, recommend users to clean the printer periodically. For
how to perform cleaning, refer to “Maintenance and Consumables” in User’s Guide.
Recommend the users to confirm that the firmware is the latest version. If it is not the latest one, recommend
to upgrade the firmware.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
78 4-4. Periodic Maintenance

SM-18001E-00
CHAPTER 5
TROUBLESHOOT
5-1. Failure Diagnosis in Start-up Systems…………………………………………………………………………………………… 80

5-2. Nozzle Check Pattern…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 82
How to read nozzle check pattern and troubleshooting 82
5-3. Error Code…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 91

Error Code Outline……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 91
Outline 91
Error Code System 91
How to Check Error History 93
Error Code Table………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 94

Hardware Error 94
Jam Code 95
Operator Error and Warning 96
Detail of Hardware Error……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 97

Carriage Drive System 97
Paper Feed System 102
Print System 106
Ink Supply System 115
Waste Ink System 119
Electric System 120
Detail of Jam Error………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………137

Detail of Operator Error and Warning…………………………………………………………………………………………………………141
Appendix (Contrast List of Error Code and Support Number)………………………………………………………………………156
79
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
5-1. Failure Diagnosis in Start-up Systems

This chapter will focus on the failure location identification in the case that the power does not turn on or
the operation panel does not display any indication when turning on the power of the main unit from the
operation panel.
Chapter 2
Diagnosis method
Check the specified voltage is supplied to the each board by a tester. Follow the next flow to diagnose.
Flow of voltage supply check

Chapter 3
Hereafter, (1), (2), and so on refer to the diagnosis flow number on the next page.
<Power supply route>

POWER SUPPLY UNIT MAIN PCB UNIT OPERATION PANEL UNIT
Chapter 4
11.0v (3)
J4701 J1602 J201
31.7v
(1)7 or 8 pin:
7.9 to 11.0V (7)
(2)1 or 2 or 3pin:
31.7v J1604 J202
(4)7 pin:5.0V
(5)15 pin:3.3V
(6)19 or 20 or
Chapter 5
3pin:3.3v
Chapter 6
Precaution for checking voltage supply

- When removing the rear side board cover (with the guide), make sure that the AC power cable has been
unplugged from the printer main unit.
- Before performing the diagnosis flow (1), AC power cable needs to be connected to the printer main unit,
however, never touch POWER SUPPLY UNIT after connecting the AC power cable.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
80 5-1. Failure Diagnosis in Start-up Systems

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Diagnosis flow
Flow Check Location Handling

(1) MAIN PCB UNIT > connector J4701 > check the voltage When the voltage is supplied
between 7pin or 8pin and GND (7.9V to 11.0V). Go to (2).
Chapter 2
<Note> Contact GND of the tester to the screw fastening When the voltage is not supplied
MAIN PCB UNIT. Go to (3).
between 1pin or 2pin or 3pin and GND (31.7V). Go to (4).
MAIN PCB UNIT. Go to (3).
(3) Check if overcurrent protection is performed in POWER When the voltage is not supplied in one of the
Chapter 3
SUPPLY UNIT. CHECK (A) or (B)
Unplug the AC power cable and the cable connected to Replace POWER SUPPLY UNIT.
the connector J4701 of MAIN PCB UNIT temporarily. Wait
for 10 seconds, then connect only the AC power cable When the voltage is supplied in both of the
again. CHECK (A) and (B)
Replace MAIN PCB UNIT.
CHECK (A)
Check the voltage (7.9V to 11.0V) between GND and 7pin
or 8pin of the cable (HARNESS ASS'Y, POWER SUPPLY)
Chapter 4
connected to the connector J4701 of MAIN PCB UNIT.
CHECK (B)
Check the voltage (31.7V) between GND and 1pin or 2pin
or 3pin of the cable (HARNESS ASS'Y, POWER SUPPLY)
connected to the connector J4701 of MAIN PCB UNIT.
<Note> Contact GND of the tester to the main unit
Chapter 5
chassis in CHECK (A) and (B).
between 7pin and GND (5.0V). Go to (5).
MAIN PCB UNIT. Replace MAIN PCB UNIT.
between 15pin and GND (3.3V). Go to (6).
Chapter 6
between 19pin or 20pin and GND (3.3V). Go to (7).
Chapter 7
(7) Check the connection of cables connected to OPERATION When the cables are firmly connected
PANEL UNIT (2 cables). Replace OPERATION PANEL UNIT.
When the cables are not firmly connected such

as askew and not fully engaged
Connect the cable again.
Chapter 8
5-1. Failure Diagnosis in Start-up Systems 81

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
5-2. Nozzle Check Pattern

How to read nozzle check pattern and troubleshooting
How to read nozzle check pattern
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
82 5-2. Nozzle Check Pattern

SM-18001E-00
All color complete non-ejection of ink
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-2. Nozzle Check Pattern 83

SM-18001E-00
One-color or multi-color complete non-ejection of ink
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Complete non-ejection in Line A or Line B of a color
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Non-ejection of ink with regularity in lines
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
87
SM-18001E-00
5-2. Nozzle Check Pattern
Dot mis-alignment
Mixed color (with non-ejection of ink and dot mis-alignment)
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Mixed color (without non-ejection of ink and dot mis-alignment)
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Non-ejection of ink without regularity in lines
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
5-3. Error Code
Error Code Outline
Outline
When trouble occurs on this product, error messages are indicated on the operation panel. Users or service
Chapter 2
technicians need to check the indicated message and perform appropriate handling. Error messages are
divided into three categories as follows.
Error Category Description Handler

Hardware Error The message appears when the trouble is caused by the main User or Service
unit. Technician
* The error code is indicated on the operation panel only when
Chapter 3
the trouble needs to be handled by service technicians.
Jam Error The message appears when paper jam occurred in the main unit. User
Operator Error and Warning The error or warning appears when the trouble is caused by the User
user’s operation
Message Example of Operation Panel

Hardware Error Jam Error Operator Error or Warning
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Error Code System
This product adopts different error code system by each error category so that service technicians are able to
troubleshoot with error codes.
Error Category Code Systems Description
Chapter 6
Hardware Error ECxx-yyyy ECxx: Suspected defect part*1
yyyy: Defect description (Detail Code)*2
Jam Error aabbcc*3 aa: Jammed unit (in main unit or option parts)
bb: Jam type
cc: Jammed part
Operator Error and Warning yyyy Warning description and how to handle*2
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 91

SM-18001E-00
*1 How to read ECxx
Chapter 1
Suspected Error Part Supected Error Part

EC0x Carriage Drive System EC3x Ink Supply System
EC1x Paper Feed System EC4x Waste Ink System
EC2x Print System EC5x Electric System
*2-1 The ink color of the error codes subdivided by ink color is able to be identified by its last digit.
Chapter 2
Last Digit Ink Color Last Digit Ink Color

yyy0 PBK yyy6 MBK
yyy1 Y yyy8 GY
yyy2 M yyy9 PGY
yyy3 C yyyA R
yyy4 PM yyyB B
yyy5 PC yyyD CO
Chapter 3
*2-2 Detail Code (4yyy, 5yyy) needs to be reset in service mode after repairing.
*3 How to read Jam Code

aa (Jammed unit)
00 Printer Main Unit
Chapter 4
FF Unidentified
bb (Jam type)
Paper feed failure
11 40 Cut error
(roll paper)
Paper take-up failure
Paper feed failure
12 51 (tape peel off of roll paper core roll, paper
(cut paper)
take-up in reverse direction)
Chapter 5
Paper take-up failure

21 Paper skew 52
(motor defect, insufficient torque)
22 Paper edge detection failure 00 unidentified
Paper floating,
31
Paper folding
cc (Jammed part)
12 Between PAPER ENTRY SENSOR and the end of paper feeding
Chapter 6
15 Between paper loading and the end of paper feeding (cut paper)
21 MULTI SENSOR
30 Platen, Feed roller
40 Cutter
00 Unidentified
<Reference> Other error code system
Support Code: The error code for users indicated on PCs and online manuals. For service technicians,
Chapter 7
see the error code for service technicians described in this manual to perform
troubleshooting.
Alarm Code: The error code to control operator error and warning in UGW.
(90xxxx or 01xxxx is indicated in UGW ("xxxx" is the alarm code).)
Chapter 8
92 5-3. Error Code

SM-18001E-00
How to Check Error History
Chapter 1
Error history is able to be checked with the operation panel, status print, service log (PRINT INF), and UGW.
The checkable error category is as follows.
Error History Operation Panel Status Print Service Log UGW
(PRINT INF)
Hardware Error indicated indicated indicated indicated
Jam Error Indicated indicated*1 indicated*2 indicated
Chapter 2
Operator Error / Warning Indicated/ Indicated/indicated Indicated/indicated Indicated*2/
not indicated indicated*2
*1 Indicated in operator error.
*2 Not all of the errors are indicated.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 93

SM-18001E-00
Error Code Table
Chapter 1
Hardware Error
The description (phenomenon, detection description, how to handle) will be displayed by clicking the error
codes listed below.
EC01-2F90 EC21-2F59 EC35-2603 EC51-3306

Chapter 2
EC01-2F95 EC21-2F60 EC3F-2F40 EC51-3307

EC02-2F42 EC21-2F61 EC3F-2F41 EC51-3308
EC03-403A EC21-2F62 EC41-4001 EC51-3309
EC03-4061 EC21-2F67 EC43-4001 EC51-330A
EC04-2F31 EC21-2F6D EC44-4001 EC51-4041
Chapter 3
EC05-2F92 EC21-2F70 EC47-4001 EC51-4042

EC06-2F9A EC21-2F71 EC48-4001 EC51-4045
EC06-2F9B EC21-2F72 EC51-203C EC51-4046
EC06-2F9C EC21-2F73 EC51-2F07 EC51-4047
EC07-4060 EC21-2F74 EC51-2F14 EC51-404C
Chapter 4
EC0F-2F96 EC21-2F75 EC51-2F15 EC51-404D

EC11-2F2A EC21-2F7E EC51-2FDE EC51-4070
EC12-2F29 EC21-2F7F EC51-3000 EC51-4071
EC12-2F2B EC22-2F30 EC51-3001 EC51-4072
EC12-2F2C EC22-2F47 EC51-3002 EC51-5001
EC13-2F17 EC22-4001 EC51-3003 EC51-5002
Chapter 5
EC15-2E23 EC23-260E EC51-3004 EC51-5003

EC16-2021 EC23-2F11 EC51-3005 EC52-4038
EC16-2022 EC23-2F18 EC51-3006 EC52-4039
EC16-2027 EC23-2F32 EC51-3100 EC54-290A
EC16-202A EC24-4049 EC51-3101 EC54-401A
Chapter 6
EC16-2038 EC24-404A EC51-3102 EC54-405A

EC19-2F21 EC24-404B EC51-3103 EC54-405B
EC21-282D EC25-2F16 EC51-3104 EC55-2F20
EC21-282E EC25-4001 EC51-3105 EC55-2F24
EC21-2F43 EC31-2F1C EC51-3106 EC55-2F6C
Chapter 7
EC21-2F44 EC31-2F1D EC51-3107 EC56-2FE0

EC21-2F50 EC31-2F1E EC51-3108 EC57-4040
EC21-2F51 EC31-2F22 EC51-3109 EC57-404F
EC21-2F53 EC31-4001 EC51-3110 EC58-2F12
EC21-2F54 EC32-4001 EC51-3301
Chapter 8
EC21-2F56 EC33-2601 EC51-3302

EC21-2F57 EC34-2602 EC51-3303
EC21-2F58 EC34-2F3B EC51-3304
94 5-3. Error Code

SM-18001E-00
Jam Code
Chapter 1
The description (phenomenon, detection location, how to handle) of the corresponding jam error will be
displayed by clicking the jam codes listed below
0x001112
2E3D
Chapter 2
0x001215
200D
2016
2E3C
0x002121
Chapter 3
2010
0x002221
200C
2017
2018
0x003130
Chapter 4
201C
201D
0x004040
2019
0xFF0000
Chapter 5
2E3F
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 95

SM-18001E-00
Operator Error and Warning
Chapter 1
The description of the corresponding operator error and warning will be displayed by clicking the codes listed
below.
1000 1902 2582 2812 2EA4 3027
1001 1903 2583 2816 2EA5 3028
1002 1906 2586 2817 2EA6 3029
Chapter 2
1003 1907 25B0 2818 2EA7 3030

1006 1908 25B1 2819 2EA8 3031
1012 200E 25B2 281A 2EA9 3032
1021 200F 25B3 281B 2EAA 3033
1051 202B 25B6 2829 2EAB 3034
Chapter 3
1052 2310 2700 2901 2EBC 3035

1053 2311 2701 2902 2F6A 3036
1054 2312 2702 2905 2F6B 3210
1055 2313 2703 2906 2F7C 3220
1400 2316 2706 2907 3000 3250
Chapter 4
1401 2405 2710 2D03 3001 3270

1402 2406 2711 2D04 3002 3280
1403 2407 2712 2E02 3003 3290
1406 2408 2713 2E08 3004 3291
1410 2409 2716 2E09 3005 32A0
Chapter 5
1411 240A 2730 2E0A 3006 32A1

1412 2500 2731 2E0B 3007 32B0
1413 2501 2732 2E10 3008 32B1
1416 2502 2733 2E11 3009 32C0
1701 2503 2736 2E15 3010 32D0
Chapter 6
1702 2506 27D0 2E1B 3011 32D1

1703 2520 27D1 2E20 3012 32F0
1706 2521 27D2 2E21 3013 3305
1707 2522 27D3 2E30 3014 3400
1708 2523 27D6 2E33 3015 3410
Chapter 7
1709 2526 27E0 2E38 3016 3420

1800 2540 27E1 2E40 3017 3430
1801 2541 27E2 2E41 3018 3431
1802 2542 27E3 2E42 3022 3440
1803 2543 27E6 2E43 3023 3441
1804 2546 2800 2E45 3024 3450
Chapter 8
1900 2580 2802 2E75 3025 3451

1901 2581 280D 2EA3 3026 3460
96 5-3. Error Code

SM-18001E-00
Detail of Hardware Error
Chapter 1
Carriage Drive System
E Detail
Description
Code Code
EC01 2F90 Error Carriage overload (support number: 4801)
Detection The motor keeps 100% output. In addition, CARRIAGE UNIT scans more than a
Description constant length.
Handling
Chapter 2
Check stain on the carriage shaft.
No stain
1 Go to 2.
Stain adheres
Perform cleaning of the shaft.
Perform [DIAGNOSIS > CR SYSTEM CHECK] to diagnose carriage system.
No problem
2 Replace CARRIAGE MOTOR.
Chapter 3
Failure in LONG FFC CHECK
Replace CARRIAGE UNIT.
EC01 2F95 Error Carriage drive timeout (support number: 4801)
Detection
CARRIAGE UNIT does not finish driving within the scheduled time.
Description
Handling
Check the items below.
a) Stain on the carriage shaft.
Chapter 4
b) Cable connection of the carriage motor.
c) Looseness and abrasion of BELT, CARRIAGE.
Appropriate
1
Go to 2.
Inappropriate
a) Perform cleaning of the shaft.
b) Connect the cable.
c) Replace BELT, CARRIAGE.
Chapter 5
No problem
2 Replace CARRIAGE MOTOR.
Failure in LONG FFC CHECK
EC02 2F42 Error Complete non-ejection in one line of nozzles (support number: 1492)
Detection
A complete non-ejection nozzle line in one of two print head nozzle lines of a color.
Description
Chapter 6
Handling
When the printer does not recover with restarting, check if the ink is filling into tubes.
Ink is filled
1 Go to 2. (Insufficient ink in the print head or print head defect is suspected.)
Ink is not filled
Replace INK TUBE UNIT.
Perform [DIAGNOSIS > HEAD CNT CHECK] and check the condition of print head contacting
part.
Chapter 7
Proper condition
2 Go to 3.
Abnormal condition
Clean the surface of the print head contacting part. (The waste cloth without a nap
must be used.)
Perform deep cleaning and print nozzle check pattern.
Proper nozzle pattern
3 Complete.
Chapter 8
Improper nozzle pattern

Replace the print head.
Each function of service mode is operable only when the printer successfully enters in service mode. To Error Code Table
5-3. Error Code 97
SM-18001E-00
EC03 403A Printer VH recognition failure (support number: B20A)
Chapter 1
rror
Memo: Remove the error in service mode when handling is completed.
Detection
The printer cannot confirm VH output.
Description
Handling
Check the connection of flexible cables on MAIN PCB UNIT.
1
If the connection is proper, replace CARRIAGE UNIT.
EC03 4061 Carriage unit for wrong model installed (support number: 5106)
Error
Chapter 2

Detection
The CARRIAGE UNIT for a different printer model is connected.
Description
Handling
Check the connection of FLEXIBLE CABLE.
Proper connection
1 Go to 2.
Improper connection
Connect FLEXIBLE CABLE again.
Chapter 3
Replace the CARRIAGE UNIT.

The problem is resolved
Complete.
2
The problem is not resolved
Replace MAIN PCB UNIT*.
*After replacement, perform PCB replacement mode and necessary adjustments.
EC04 2F31 Accuracy error of carriage parking position in non-ejection detection
Error
(support number: 4801)
Chapter 4
Detection The parked position of the carriage is slightly off when performing non-ejection
Description detection or adjusting the head management sensor position.
Handling
a) Installation, scratch, and stain on SCALE, LINEAR.
b) Stain on the carriage shaft.
Fine condition
1
Go to 2.
Chapter 5
Installation failure, scratch, or stain is found

a) Perform cleaning or replace SCALE, LINEAR.
b) Perform cleaning of shaft.
Replace INK TUBE UNIT.
2 Complete.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
To Error Code Table Each function of service mode is operable only when the printer successfully enters in service mode.
98 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC05 2F92 Error Carriage movement disabled (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Detection The motor keeps 100% output. In addition, CARRIAGE UNIT stops less than a
Description constant scanning length.
Handling
a) Cable connection of the carriage motor.
b) Looseness and abrasion of BELT, CARRIAGE.
c) Obstacle.
d) The position of SCALE, LINEAR.
Chapter 2
Appropriate without any obstacle
1
Go to 2.
Inappropriate or obstacles are blocking
a) Connect the cable.
b) Replace BELT, CARRIAGE.
c) Remove the obstacle.
d) Attach it at the correct position.
Replace CARRIAGE MOTOR.
Chapter 3
2 Complete.
EC06 2F9A Error Carriage lift motor error (support number: 4801)
Detection
Overload on the lift motor.
Description
Handling
Chapter 4
a) Cable connection of LIFT MOTOR.
b) Couple CARRIAGE UNIT with the coupling part, turn the gear of LIFT UNIT manually and
check if excessive load is applied.
Appropriate
Inappropriate
Go to 2.
Chapter 5
1
Chapter 6
Not coupled with the coupling part Coupled with the coupling part
Check any damages of the gears for driving LIFT UNIT.
No damage found
2 Replace LIFT MOTOR.
Chapter 7
The damage found

Replace the damaged gear.
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 99
SM-18001E-00
EC06 2F9B Error Carriage lift sensor error (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Detection Although the lift motor is rotating and generating larger torque than the certain
Description amount, CARRIAGE LIFT SENSOR cannot detect ON/OFF.
Handling
a) Cable connection of CARRIAGE LIFT SENSOR.
b) Execute [DIAGNOSIS > I/O DISPLAY] and check the CARRIAGE LIFT SENSOR operation.
1 Appropriate
Chapter 2
Inappropriate
Go to 2.
Check any damages of the gears around LIFT MOTOR.
No damage found
2 Replace LIFT MOTOR.
The damage found
Replace the damaged gear.
EC06 2F9C Error Carriage docking error (support number: 4801)
Chapter 3
- Although the lift motor is rotating, generated torque is smaller than a constant
Detection value. In addition, CARRIAGE LIFT SENSOR cannot detect ON/OFF.
Description - CARRIAGE UNIT does not move to the home position during detecting home
position.
Handling
a) Check if CARRIAGE UNIT is coupled with the coupling part when the error occurs.
b) If CARRIAGE UNIT is coupled with the coupling part , check if the coupling part is damaged.
Chapter 4
Appropriate
Go to EC05-2F92 error.
Inappropriate
a) Go to EC05-2F92 error.
b) When the coupling at the lift unit side is damaged
Replace COUPLING, CR LIFT DRIVE.
When the coupling at CARRIAGE UNIT side is damaged
Chapter 5
1
Chapter 6
Not coupled with the coupling part Coupled with the coupling part
EC07 4060 Carriage EEPROM error (support number: 6820)
Error
Detection
EEPROM defect in the carriage PCB is detected.
Chapter 7
Description
Handling
No problem
1 Replace CARRIAGE UNIT.
Abnormal
Chapter 8
100 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC0F 2F96 Error Carriage motor error (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Detection
While carriage system is in error status, operation is indicated from firmware.
Description
Handling
a) Cable connection of the carriage motor.
b) Looseness and abrasion of BELT, CARRIAGE.
Appropriate
1
Chapter 2
Inappropriate
a) Connect the cable.
b) Replace BELT, CARRIAGE.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 101
SM-18001E-00
Paper Feed System
Chapter 1
E Detail
Description
Code Code
EC11 2F2A Error Paper feed home position error (support number: 4801)
Detection
Paper feed home position adjustment is failed.
Description
Handling
Chapter 2
a) Driving condition of PAPER FEED MOTOR.

b) Installation of FILM, TIMING SLIT DISK, scratches, circumference shaving, and smear.
c) Looseness and abrasion of BELT, PAPER TRANSPORT.
d) Cable connection.
e) Perform [DIAGNOSIS > I/O DISPLAY] and check the operation of PAPER FEED HOME
1 POSITION SENSOR.
Inappropriate condition or improper operation
a) Replace MAIN PCB UNIT or PAPER FEED MOTOR.
Chapter 3
b) Perform cleaning or replace FILM, TIMING SLIT DISK.

c) Reattach or replace BELT, PAPER TRANSPORT, or replace the gear.
d) Connect the cable.
e) Replace PAPER FEED ENCODER UNIT.
EC12 2F29 Error Paper feed drive timeout (support number: 4801)
Detection
Paper feed drive does not finish driving within the scheduled time.
Description
Handling
Chapter 4

a) Jam inside of the printer.
b) Looseness and abrasion of BELT, PAPER TRANSPORT, and gear tooth skipping.
Appropriate
1
Go to 2.
Inappropriate
a) Remove jam.
b) Replace BELT, PAPER TRANSPORT, or the gear.
Replace PAPER FEED MOTOR UNIT.
Chapter 5

2 Complete.
Replace PAPER FEED ENCODER UNIT.
EC12 2F2B Error Paper feed overload (support number: 4801)
Detection
Paper feed motor keeps 100% output for a certain period.
Description
Handling
Chapter 6

b) Check if the paper in use has strong stiffness, is a heavy roll paper, or is easy to get curled.
c) Smear or paper jam in the PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT.
Appropriate
1
Go to 2.
Inappropriate
a) Remove jam.
Chapter 7
b) Change the paper to use.

c) Perform cleaning or replace PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT and HOLDER, LF BACK UP.
Replace FILM, TIMING SLIT DISK and PAPER FEED MOTOR UNIT.
2 Complete.
Replace PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT.
Chapter 8
102 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC12 2F2C Error PAPER FEED motor error (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Detection The paper does not reach to the specified position while driving the paper feed
Description motor.
Handling
b) Check if the paper in use has strong stiffness, is a heavy roll paper, or is easy to get curled.
c) Smear or paper jam in the PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT.
Appropriate
Chapter 2
1
Go to 2.
Inappropriate
a) Remove jam.
b) Change the paper to use.
c) Perform cleaning or replace PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT and HOLDER, LF BACK UP.
Replace FILM, TIMING SLIT DISK and PAPER FEED MOTOR UNIT.
2 Complete.
Chapter 3
Replace PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT.
EC13 2F17 Error Platen suction fan error (support number: 4801)
Detection
SUCTION FAN UNIT lock signal is detected.
Description
Handling
Replace SUCTION FAN UNIT.
Chapter 4
Complete.
1
EC15 2E23 Error Cutter blade unit error (support number: 4801)
- CUTTER HOME POSITION SENSOR cannot be detected.
Detection
- Abnormal encoder value is detected when returning the cutter to the home
Description
position.
Chapter 5
Handling
a) Foreign substances on CUTTER BLADE UNIT.
b) Perform [DIAGNOSIS > I/O DISPLAY] and check CUTTER HOME POSITION SENSOR operation.
c) Check the harness connection.
No foreign substance and proper condition
1
Go to 2.
Foreign substance is adhering or improper condition
Chapter 6
a) Remove the foreign substance.
b) Replace CUTTER HOME POSITION SENSOR.
c) Connect the harness.
Replace CUTTER MOTOR UNIT, W/ENCODER.
2 Complete.
Replace the cutter.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 103
SM-18001E-00
EC16 2021 Error Roll drive timeout (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Detection The target value of operation command is not achieved when controlling ACTIVE
Description ROLL BRAKE MOTOR.
Handling
a) Foreign substances or jam at paper feed part.
b) Engagement of the spool with the gear of the printer side.
c) Check if the paper in use has strong stiffness, is a heavy roll paper, or is easy to get curled.
Appropriate
Chapter 2
1
Go to 2.
Inappropriate
a) Remove the foreign substance and jam.
b) Reset the spool.
c) Change the paper to use.
Replace ACTIVE ROLL BRAKE MOTOR.
Complete.
Chapter 3
2
EC16 2022 Error Roll drive overload (support number: 4801)
Detection Current value reaches to the maximum value when controlling ACTIVE ROLL BRAKE
Description MOTOR.
Handling
Chapter 4

Appropriate
1
Go to 2.
Inappropriate
b) Reset the spool.
Chapter 5

Complete.
2
EC16 2027 Error Role motor error (support number: 4801)
Chapter 6
Detection The timing when roll drive timeout or upper roll drive overload occurs, operation
Description instruction is indicated by firmware.
Handling
Appropriate
1
Chapter 7
Go to 2.
Inappropriate
b) Reset the spool.
Complete.
2
Chapter 8

104 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC16 202A Error Roll motor drive control abnormal (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Detection Abnormity is detected at control IC on the main PCB during ACTIVE ROLL BRAKE
Description MOTOR controlling.
Handling
Appropriate
Chapter 2
1
Go to 2.
Inappropriate
b) Reset the spool.
Complete.
Chapter 3
2
EC16 2038 Error Roll motor calibration error (support number: 4801)
Detection
Calibration of ACTIVE ROLL BRAKE MOTOR fails.
Description
Handling
Check if a spool is installed in the roll unit.
Chapter 4
With the spool
Remove the spool from the roll unit and reboot the main unit.*
1
Without the spool
*The spool must be removed before calibrating the roll unit.
EC19 2F21 Error Release lever open error during printing (support number : 1214)
Detection
Release lever is released during printing.
Description
Chapter 5
Handling
Start up the printer in service mode.
Move the release lever back and forth in print waiting status. Perform [DIAGNOSIS > I/O
DISPLAY] to check RELEASE LEVER SWITCH operation.
1 Appropriate
Replace RELEASE LEVER UNIT.
Inappropriate
Replace RELEASE LEVER SWITCH.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 105
SM-18001E-00
Print System
Chapter 1
E Detail
Description
Code Code
EC21 282D Error Print head Si melting (reboot request) (support number: 140C)
Detection
Si solution amount is more than the standard solution amount.
Description
Handling
1 Reboot the printer.
Chapter 2
EC21 282E Error Print head Si melting (print head replacement request) (support number: 1403)
Detection
The printer does not recover by rebooting after print head Si solution error.
Description
Handling
1 Replace the print head.
EC21 2F43 Error Print head 640 nozzles complete non-ejection (support number: 1494)
Detection
Non-ejection in 640 nozzles is detected through non-ejection detection.
Description
Chapter 3
Handling
When the printer does not recover by rebooting, check if the ink is filled into tubes.
Ink is filled
1 Go to 2.
Ink is not filled
Replace the INK TUBE UNIT.
Perform deep cleaning, and print nozzle check pattern.
Chapter 4
2 Complete.
EC21 2F44 Abnormal increase of non-ejection nozzles from last non-ejection detection (support
Error
number: 1492)
Detection At the rate of fifty or more non-ejection nozzles per one nozzle have increased since
Description last non-ejection detection.
Handling
Chapter 5

1 Complete.
EC21 2F50 Error VH leak at print head replacement (support number: 1477)
Detection
VH leak is detected at print head replacement.
Description
Chapter 6
Handling
No problem
1 Go to 2.
Problem in LONG FFC CHECK
Remove the print head and check the condition of print head contacting part.
Proper condition
Chapter 7

Improper condition
Go to 3.
Clean the surface of the print head contacting part. (The waste cloth without a nap must be
used.)
3 Complete.
Chapter 8
106 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC21 2F51 Error VH leak at starting up, cleaning, or print starting (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Detection
VH leak is detected at starting up, cleaning, and print starting.
Description
Handling
EC21 2F53 Error VH leak at rebooting (support number: 1478)
Detection The printer does not recover by rebooting after the VH leak error at starting up,
Description cleaning, or print starting.
Chapter 2
Handling
No problem
1 Go to 2.
Proper condition
Chapter 3
Improper condition
Go to 3.
used.)
3 Complete.
Chapter 4
EC21 2F54 Error Print head VH voltage abnormal (support number: 4801)
Detection
Abnormal VH voltage of the print head is detected.
Description
Handling
No problem
1 Go to 2.
Chapter 5
Proper condition
Improper condition
Go to 3.
Chapter 6
used.)
3 Complete.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 107
SM-18001E-00
EC21 2F56 Error VHTR leak at print head replacement (support number: 1477)
Chapter 1
Detection
VHTR leak is detected at print head replacement.
Description
Handling
No problem
1 Go to 2.
Chapter 2
Proper condition
Improper condition
Go to 3.
used.)
Chapter 3
3 Complete.
EC21 2F57 Error VHTR leak error at starting up, cleaning, or print starting (support number: 4801)
Detection
VHTR leakage is detected in starting up, cleaning, or print starting.
Description
Handling
Chapter 4

EC21 2F58 Error VHTR leak at rebooting (support number: 1478)
Detection The printer does not recover by rebooting after the VHTR leak error occurred in
Description starting up, cleaning, or print starting.
Handling
No problem
1 Go to 2.
Chapter 5

Proper condition
Improper condition
Go to 3.
Chapter 6
used.)
3 Complete.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
108 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC21 2F59 Error Print head VHTR voltage abnormal (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Detection
Abnormal VHTR voltage of the print head is detected.
Description
Handling
No problem
1 Go to 2.
Chapter 2
Proper condition
Improper condition
Go to 3.
used.)
Chapter 3
3 Complete.
EC21 2F60 Error H3V voltage abnormal at print head replacement (support number: 1477)
Detection
Abnormal H3V voltage is detected at print head replacement.
Description
Handling
Chapter 4
No problem
1 Go to 2.
Proper condition
Chapter 5
Improper condition
Go to 3.
used.)
3 Complete.
Chapter 6
EC21 2F61 H3V voltage abnormal at starting up, cleaning, or print starting
Error
Detection
Abnormal H3V voltage is detected at starting up, cleaning, or print starting.
Description
Handling
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 109
SM-18001E-00
EC21 2F62 Error H3V leak at rebooting (support number: 1478)
Chapter 1
Detection The printer does not recover by rebooting after the H3V leak error at starting up,
Description cleaning, or print starting.
Handling
No problem
1 Go to 2.
Chapter 2
Proper condition
Improper condition
Go to 3.
used.)
Chapter 3
3 Complete.
EC21 2F67 Error Print head H3V voltage abnormal during printing (support number: 4801)
Detection
Abnormal H3V voltage of the print head is detected during printing.
Description
Handling
Chapter 4

No problem
1 Go to 2.
Proper condition
Chapter 5
Improper condition
Go to 3.
used.)
3 Complete.
Chapter 6

EC21 2F6D Error Print head EEPROM checksum error 2 (support number: 140F)
Detection Abnormity is detected in checksum judgement of EEPROM at print head installation
Description and starting up.
Handling
EC21 2F70 Error Print head diode temperature abnormal (reboot request) (support number: 1408)
Detection
Chapter 7
Abnormal temperature of the diode is detected at diode correction.

Description
Handling
EC21 2F71 Error Print head diode temperature unstable (support number: 1409)
Detection
Diode temperature is detected to be unstable at diode correction.
Description
Handling
Chapter 8
110 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC21 2F72 Error Print head diode correction error (reboot request) (support number: 140A)
Chapter 1
Detection
Abnormal value is detected at diode correction.
Description
Handling
EC21 2F73 Print head diode temperature abnormal (print head replacement request)
Error
Detection
The printer does not recover by rebooting after this error.
Chapter 2
Description
Handling
EC21 2F74 Print head diode temperature unstable (print head replacement request)
Error
Detection
Description
Handling
Chapter 3
EC21 2F75 Print head diode correction error (print head replacement request)
Error
(support number: 140A)
Detection
Description
Handling
EC21 2F7E Error Print head temperature abnormal (reboot request) (support number: 5200)
Chapter 4
Detection
Abnormal temperature of heater board is detected.
Description
Handling
EC21 2F7F Print head temperature abnormal (print head replacement request) (support
Error
number: 1478)
Detection The printer detects print head abnormal temperature rising and does not recover by
Description rebooting.
Chapter 5
Handling
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 111
SM-18001E-00
EC22 2F30 Error Head management sensor position adjustment error (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Detection
Adjusting head management sensor position is failed.
Description
Handling
Check if the ink is filled into ink tubes.
Ink is filled
Go to 2.
Ink is not filled
Perform [DIAGNOSIS > PURGE CHECK] to diagnose ink vacuum of PURGE UNIT.
Chapter 2
1
PURGE UNIT ink vacuum diagnosis
Proper operation
Perform deep cleaning and fill the ink. When the ink vacuum does not recover, replace the
print head.
Abnormal operation
Replace PURGE UNIT.
Print user nozzle check pattern or service nozzle check pattern to check the nozzle condition.
Chapter 3
(Check if blur or non-ejection appears at the top and bottom edge line of the nozzle check
pattern.)
Appropriate condition
Replace HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT.
Abnormal condition
Perform deep cleaning and fill the ink. When the ink vacuum does not recover, replace the
print head.
Chapter 4
2
Chapter 5
EC22 2F47 Error Head management sensor unit failure (support number: 4801)
Detection The head management sensor unit is detected to be faulty at starting up or non-
Description ejection detection.
Chapter 6
Handling
a) Adherence of paper dust and hairs on the HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT.
b) Adherence or laying-up of large amount of ink mist on the HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR
UNIT.
c) Connector condition.
1 Appropriate condition and proper connection
Go to 2.
Chapter 7
Inappropriate condition or improper connection

a) Remove it.
b) Perform cleaning or replace HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT.
c) Connect the connector.
Check if the fuse (FU5202) on MAIN PCB UNIT is disconnected.
Connected
2
Disconnected
Chapter 8

112 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC22 4001 End-of-life of head management sensor unit (support number: 5B16)
Chapter 1
Error
Memo : Remove the error in service mode after handling.
Detection
Ink amount in the head management sensor exceeds the threshold.
Description
Handling
1 Replace HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT.
EC23 260E Error Gap adjustment error (support number: 4801)
Detection
Abnormity is detected at GAP adjustment.
Chapter 2
Description
Handling
Check the cable connection of MULTI SENSOR UNIT.
Proper connection
1 Replace MULTI SENSOR UNIT.
Improper connection
Connect the cable.
EC23 2F11 Error Multi sensor bus communication error (support number: 4801)
Chapter 3
Detection Communicating with multi sensor related hard ware, such as LED driver and multi
Description sensor EEPROM, is failed.
Handling
Proper connection
Replace MULTI SENSOR UNIT*.
Improper connection
1
Connect the cable.
*This error is caused by multi sensor malfunction. Communication error of other ICs is
Chapter 4
indicated when communication failure occurs, since confirmation of communication with other
ICs in the carriage is performed prior to confirmation of communication of the multi sensor.
EC23 2F18 Error Carriage board I2C bus communication error (support number: 4801)
Detection
I2C writing and reading to ICs on the carriage board is failed.
Description
Handling
Perform [DIAGNOSIS > CR SYSTEM CHECK], and check LONG FFC CHECK result and the CRC
value change before and after turning off and on the power. (The value change is indicating
Chapter 5
broken wire.)
1 Normal result
Abnormal result
EC23 2F32 Error Multi sensor error (support number: 4801)
Detection Abnormity is detected in multi sensor EEPROM reading at each automatic
Description adjustment, paper edge detection, GAP adjustment, and starting up.
Chapter 6
Handling
Proper connection
1 Replace MULTI SENSOR UNIT.
Improper connection
Connect the cable.
EC24 4049 Abnormal temperature by temperature and humidity sensor (support number:
Error 8200)
Chapter 7
Memo: Remove the error in service mode after handling.

Detection
Abnormity is detected at reading temperature
Description
Handling
Check the cable connection of SENSOR, HUMIDITY.
Proper connection
1 Replace SENSOR, HUMIDITY.
Improper connection
Chapter 8
Connect the cable.
5-3. Error Code 113
SM-18001E-00
EC24 404A Abnormal humidity by temperature and humidity sensor (support number: 8200)
Chapter 1
Error
Detection
Abnormity is detected at reading humidity.
Description
Handling
Proper connection
Improper connection
Chapter 2
Connect the cable.

EC24 404B Temperature and humidity sensor non-connection (support number: 8200)
Error
Detection
Abnormity is detected at reading temperature and humidity.
Description
Handling
Proper connection
Chapter 3

Improper connection
Connect the cable.
EC25 2F16 Error Mist fan error (support number: 4801)
Detection
Abnormity is detected at reading humidity.
Description
Handling
Check the cable connection of MIST FAN.
Chapter 4
Proper connection
1 Go to 2.
Improper connection
Connect the cable.
Replace EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT.
Complete.
2
Chapter 5

EC25 4001 End-of-life of mist collecting duct (support number: 5B20)
Error
Detection
Ink amount in the mist collecting duct exceeds the threshold.
Description
Handling
1 Replace EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
114 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
Ink Supply System
Chapter 1
E Detail
Description
Code Code
EC31 2F1C Error Purge main cam sensor error (support number: 4801)
The following failure is detected.
Detection
- Initialization of purge main cam position is failed.
Description
- Moving CARRIAGE UNIT to the specified position is disabled when capping.
Handling
Chapter 2
a) The foreign substances such as paper debris are adhering around PURGE UNIT.
b) Scratch or stain on SCALE, LINER.
Without paper debris, scratch, or stain
1
Go to 2.
With paper debris, scratch, or stain
b) Perform cleaning or replace SCALE, LINEAR.
Chapter 3
After unlocking CARRIAGE UNIT with [FUNCTION > CR UNLOCK], perform [FUNCTION > CR
LOCK] to check CARRIAGE UNIT lock operation.
Proper operation
2
Reboot and recheck the operation.
Abnormal operation
Replace PURGE UNIT.
EC31 2F1D Error Purge motor error (support number: 4801)
Detection
The motor does not operate.
Description
Chapter 4
Handling
Check if the foreign substances such as paper debris are adhering around PURGE UNIT.
Without foreign substance
1 Go to 2.
With foreign substances
Remove the foreign substance.
Perform [DIAGNOSIS > PURGE CHECK > INITIALIZE CHECK] to check purge unit operation.
Proper operation
Chapter 5
2 Reboot and recheck the operation.
Abnormal operation
Replace PURGE UNIT.
EC31 2F1E Error Purge motor overload (support number: 4801)
Detection
The motor keeps 100% output, or PURGE MOTOR ENCODER cannot be read.
Description
Handling
Check if the foreign substances such as paper debris are adhering around PURGE UNIT, and
Chapter 6
also check the connector connection.
Proper connection without foreign substance
1
Go to 2.
With foreign substances or improper connection
Remove the foreign substance or connect the connector properly.
Proper operation
Chapter 7
Abnormal operation
Replace PURGE UNIT.
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 115
SM-18001E-00
EC31 2F22 Error Purge motor drive timeout (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Detection The purge motor drive does not complete the specified operation within the
Description specified time.
Handling
Check if the foreign substances such as paper debris are adhering around PURGE UNIT.
Without foreign substance
1 Go to 2.
With foreign substances
Remove the foreign substance.
Chapter 2
Proper operation
Abnormal operation
Replace the PURGE UNIT.
EC31 4001 End-of-life of purge unit (support number: 5C00)
Error
Detection
Chapter 3
The purge unit lifespan runs out.

Description
Handling
1 Replace the PURGE UNIT.
EC32 4001 End-of-life of tube unit (support number: B510)
Error
Detection The amount of carriage scan time exceeds the threshold, and the tube unit lifespan
Description runs out.
Handling
Chapter 4
1 Replace the INK TUBE UNIT.

EC33 2601 Error Timeout of left or right ink supply choke valve driving (support number: 4801)
Detection
The choke valve does not complete driving within the scheduled time.
Description
Handling
Perform [DIAGNOSIS > I/O DISPLAY] to check the RIGHT CHOKE VALVE POSITION SENSOR and
the LEFT CHOKE VALVE POSITION SENSOR operation.
Chapter 5
Proper operation
1
When the printer does not recover, drive system overload is suspected. In this case,
replace the INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT L and INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT R.
Abnormal operation
Replace the INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT L and INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT R.
EC33 2F3A Error Left or right ink valve motor error (support number: 4801)
Detection
Encoder value of the left and right ink valve motor is not detected.
Description
Chapter 6
Handling
1 Replace the INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT L and INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT R.
EC33 2F3D Error Operation error 1 in [Prepare to move] (support number: 4801)
Detection
Ink tank removal at inappropriate timing is detected.
Description
Handling
1 Perform [Prepare to move] again.
Chapter 7
EC33 2F3E Error Operation error 2 in [Prepare to move]

Detection
Ink tank installation at inappropriate timing is detected.
Description
Handling
1 Perform [Prepare to move] again.
Chapter 8
116 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC34 2602 Error Right choke valve drive timeout (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Detection
Description
Handling
Perform [DIAGNOSIS > I/O DISPLAY] to check the RIGHT CHOKE VALVE POSITION SENSOR
operation.
Proper operation
1
Chapter 2
replace the INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT R.
Abnormal operation
Replace the INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT R.
EC34 2F3B Error Right ink valve motor error (support number: 4801)
Detection
Encoder value of the right ink valve motor is not detected.
Description
Handling
1 Replace the INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT R.
Chapter 3
EC35 2603 Error Left choke valve drive timeout (support number: 4801)
Detection
Description
Handling
Perform [DIAGNOSIS > I/O DISPLAY] to check the LEFT CHOKE VALVE POSITION SENSOR
operation.
Proper operation
Chapter 4
1
replace the INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT L.
Abnormal operation
Replace the INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT L.
EC35 2F3C Error Left ink valve motor error (support number: 4801)
Detection
Encoder value of the left ink valve motor is not detected.
Description
Handling
Chapter 5
1 Replace the INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT L.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 117
SM-18001E-00
EC3F 2F40 Complete non-ejection in all colors through non-ejection detection
Chapter 1
Error
Detection
Complete non-ejection in all colors through non-ejection detection.
Description
Handling
a) Foreign substances such as paper debris around HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT.
b) Tubes are filled by ink.
No foreign substances and ink is filled
Chapter 2
Go to 2*.
1 Foreign substances are adhering or tubes are not filled by ink.
b) Go to 3.
*There is little possibility of print head contact failure factor (because print head contact
failure is checked by the automatic diagnosis at print head installation or before performing
non-ejection detection).
Chapter 3
a) Whether the service nozzle check pattern can be printed.

b) Perform [DIAGNOSIS > CR SYSTEM CHECK] , and check LONG FFC CHECK result.
Printable without broken wires
2
Not printable or broken wires
a) Replace the print head.
b) Replace the CARRIAGE UNIT.
Perform [DIAGNOSIS > PURGE CHECK > PRESSURE CHECK] to check vacuum operation of
Chapter 4
PURGE UNIT.
Proper operation
3
Replace the INK TUBE UNIT.
Abnormal operation
Replace the PURGE UNIT.
EC3F 2F41 Error Complete non-ejection in one color (support number: 1492)
Detection Non-ejection in all nozzles of the one color is detected through non-ejection
Description detection after cleaning.
Chapter 5
Handling
Check if the ink is filling into tubes.
Ink is filled
1 Go to 2. (Insufficient ink in the print head or print head defect is suspected.)
Ink is not filled
Go to 3.
Appropriate condition
Chapter 6
2 Replace the ink supply tank unit that does not have ink filled in the tube.
Abnormal condition
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
118 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
Waste Ink System
Chapter 1
E Detail
Description
Code Code
EC41 4001 End-of-life of SUCTION FAN UNIT (support number: 5B20)
Error
Detection
Ink filled up in SUCTION FAN UNIT is detected.
Description
Handling
Chapter 2
1 Replace the SUCTION FAN UNIT.
EC43 4001 End-of-life of WASTE INK BOX UNIT, HP (support number: 5B20)
Error
Detection
Ink filled up in WASTE INK BOX UNIT, HP is detected.
Description
Handling
1 Replace the WASTE INK BOX UNIT, HP.
EC44 4001 End-of-life of WASTE INK BOX UNIT, CENTER (support number: 5B20)
Error
Chapter 3
Detection
Ink filled up in WASTE INK BOX UNIT, CENTER is detected.
Description
Handling
1 Replace the WASTE INK BOX UNIT, CENTER.
EC47 4001 End-of-life of WASTE INK BOX UNIT, BP (support number: 5B20)
Error
Detection
Chapter 4
Ink filled up in WASTE INK BOX UNIT, BP is detected.
Description
Handling
1 Replace the WASTE INK BOX UNIT, BP.
EC48 4001 End-of-life of MCG GUIDE UNIT (support number: 5B21)
Error
Ink full in the MCG GUIDE UNIT of the maintenance cartridge is detected.*
Detection
*Without having the maintenance cartridge installed, when the waste ink flows
Chapter 5
Description
into the maintenance cartridge, the counter counts. (This case is not usually
happens.)
Handling
1 Replace the MCG GUIDE UNIT.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 119
SM-18001E-00
Electric System
Chapter 1
E Detail
Description
Code Code
EC51 203C Error Motor driver boot sequence failure (support number: 4803)
Detection
Motor driver boot sequence was not completed properly in starting up.
Description
Handling
When the printer does not recover by rebooting, replace MAIN PCB UNIT* .
1
Chapter 2

EC51 2F07 Error USB Vbus overcurrent (support number: 9000)
Detection
Vbus overcurrent is detected.
Description
Handling
1 Reboot.
EC51 2F14 Error Main PCB I2C bus error (support number: 4801)
Detection Abnormal checksum value of the ink agitation timer or ink cleaning timer is detected,
Chapter 3
Description or accessing DA converter is disabled.

Handling
Reinstall the firmware.
Complete.
1
Chapter 4
EC51 2F15 Error Unable to allocate memory (support number: 4801)

Detection
Acquisition of OS memory pool packet is disabled.
Description
Handling
Complete.
1
Chapter 5

*After replacement, perform PCB replacement mode and necessary adjustments..
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
120 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC51 2FDD Error Left ink level detection error (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Inactivation of the ink level detection pin of the sub ink tank in INK SUPPLY TANK
Detection UNIT L is detected, while activation of the ink level detection pin of the ink tank
Description is detected. (It occurs with cable connection failure. This state does not normally
occur.)
Handling
Check the connection of the MAIN PCB UNIT.
Proper connection
Chapter 2
Improper connection
Connect the connector.
Chapter 3
1
Chapter 4
The location to check the connection of the left MAIN PCB UNIT.
EC51 2FDE Error Right ink level detection error (support number: 4801)
Inactivation of the ink level detection pin of the sub ink tank in INK SUPPLY TANK
Detection UNIT R is detected, while activation of the ink level detection pin of the ink tank
Chapter 5
occur.)
Handling
Proper connection
Improper connection
Chapter 6
1
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 121
SM-18001E-00
EC51 2FDF Error Left and right ink level detection error (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Inactivation of the ink level detection pin of the sub ink tank in the INK SUPPLY TANK
Detection UNIT L is detected, while activation of the ink level detection pin of the ink tank
occur.)
Handling
Proper connection
Chapter 2
Improper connection
Chapter 3
1
Chapter 4
EC51 3000 Error Network sub-system start-up error (support number: 6900)
Detection
Starting up sequence of Network sub-system is failed.
Description
Handling
Chapter 5
Reboot.
1 Complete.
EC51 3001 Error Network sub-system timeout (support number: 6901)
Detection
Network sub system does not respond.
Description
Chapter 6
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
EC51 3002 Error Wireless LAN device non-connection (support number: 6910)
Detection
Chapter 7
Wireless LAN device is not recognized.

Description
Handling
Check the WIRELESS LAN PCB UNIT flexible cable connection.
Proper connection
1 Replace the WIRELESS LAN PCB UNIT.
Improper connection
Connect the flexible cable.
Chapter 8
122 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC51 3003 Error Wireless LAN hardware error (support number: 6911)
Chapter 1
Detection
The wireless LAN device is physically broken.
Description
Handling
Check the WIRELESS LAN PCB UNIT flexible cable connection
Proper connection
1 Replace the WIRELESS LAN PCB UNIT.
Improper connection
Connect the flexible cable.
Chapter 2
EC51 3004
Error Wired LAN driver error (support number: 6920)
Detection
The fatal error occurs in the ethernet driver.
Description
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Chapter 3
Go to 2.
Complete.
2
Chapter 4
EC51 3005 Error Wired LAN hardware error (support number: 6921)
Detection
Ethernet driver is physically broken.
Description
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Chapter 5
Go to 2.
Check the connection of the I/F PCB UNIT and the MAIN PCB UNIT.
2
Connect the I/F PCB UNIT to the MAIN PCB UNIT.
EC51 3006 Error Other network sub-system errors (support number: 6902)
Chapter 6
Detection
Starting up sequence of network sub-system fails.
Description
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Go to 2.
Chapter 7

Complete.
2
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 123
SM-18001E-00
EC51 3100 Error USB control-out bus error (support number: 6930)
Chapter 1
Detection
Bus error occurs at USB control-out end point.
Description
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Go to 2.
Chapter 2
Check the cable connection and if the cable in use supports USB2.0.
When proper connection and USB2.0 is supported, reinstall the firmware.
2 Complete.
EC51 3101 Error USB control-in bus error (support number: 6931)
Chapter 3
Detection
USB control-in end point bus error occurs.
Description
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Go to 2.
Chapter 4
2 Complete.
EC51 3102 Error USB print bulk-out bus error (support number: 6932)
Chapter 5
Detection
Bus error occurs at print bulk-out end point.
Description
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Go to 2.
Chapter 6
2 Complete.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
124 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC51 3103 Error USB print bulk-in bus error (support number: 6933)
Chapter 1
Detection
Bus error occurs at print bulk-in end point.
Description
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Go to 2.
Chapter 2
When connection is proper and USB2.0 is supported, reinstall the firmware.
2 Complete.
EC51 3104 Error USB sub-system firmware error (support number: 6940)
Chapter 3
Detection
USB firm error occurs.
Description
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Go to 2.
Chapter 4
Complete.
2
EC51 3105 Error USB sub-system command error (support number: 6941)
Detection
Chapter 5
USB command error occurs.
Description
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Go to 2.
Chapter 6
When connection is proper and USB2.0 is supported, reinstall the firmware.
2 Complete.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 125
SM-18001E-00
EC51 3106 Error USB sub-system timeout (support number: 6942)
Chapter 1
Detection
USB watchdog error occurs.
Description
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Go to 2.
Chapter 2

Complete.
2
EC51 3107 Error USB sub-system data copy error (support number: 6943)
Detection
Chapter 3
USB-Relax firmware data copy error occurs.

Description
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Go to 2.
Chapter 4

Complete.
2
EC51 3108 Error USB sub-system instruction error (support number: 6944)
Detection
USB-Relax firmware instruction copy error is occurs.
Description
Chapter 5
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Go to 2.
Chapter 6
Complete.
2
EC51 3109 Error USB sub-system not started properly (support number: 6945)
Detection
Boot error of USB-Relax firmware occurs.
Description
Handling
Chapter 7
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Go to 2.
Complete.
2
Chapter 8

126 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC51 3110 Error USB sub-system improper timeout setting (support number: 6946)
Chapter 1
Detection
Initial value set error of USB-Relax firmware watchdog occurs.
Description
Handling
Reboot.
1 Complete.
Go to 2.
Chapter 2
Complete.
2
EC51 3301 Error Sub-chip connection error (support number: 4801)
Detection When starting up the printer or returning from power saving mode, connecting to
Chapter 3
Description sub-chip fails.
Handling
Reboot.
Complete.
1
Chapter 4
Complete.
EC51 3302 Error Sub-chip initialization error (support number: 4801)
Detection When starting up the printer or returning from power saving mode, initialization of
Description the sub-chip fails.
Handling
Chapter 5
Reboot.
Complete.
1
Complete.
Chapter 6
Memo: If the error occurred after reseating the flexible cables, check the condition of
flexible cable connection.
EC51 3303 Error Sub-chip firmware loading error (support number: 4801)
Detection When starting up the printer or returning from power saving mode, downloading
Description sub-chip firmware fails.
Handling
Chapter 7
Reboot.
Complete.
1
Complete.
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 127
SM-18001E-00
EC51 3304 Error Media updating failure (support number: 4905)
Chapter 1
Detection
Updating the printer media information fails.
Description
Handling
Reboot.
Complete.
1 Update the printer media information with Media Configuration Tool.
Chapter 2

Complete.
Go to 2.
Complete.
2
Chapter 3

EC51 3306 Error NAND file system initialization error (support number: 4905)
Description NAND file system fails.
Handling
Reboot.
Chapter 4
Complete.
1
Complete.
Chapter 5
EC51 3307 Error NAND file system unformatted (support number: 4905)
Detection When starting up the printer or returning from power saving mode, formatting of
Description NAND file system fails.
Handling
Reboot.
Complete.
Chapter 6

1
Complete.
EC51 3308 Error Checksum error at firmware update (support number: 4905)
Detection
Checksum of the firmware sent at firmware updating does not match.
Chapter 7
Description
Handling
Reboot.
Complete.
1
Complete.
Chapter 8

128 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC51 3309 Error Memory allocation failure at firmware update (support number: 4905)
Chapter 1
Detection
Securing the operation area in RAM during firmware updating fails.
Description
Handling
Reboot.
Complete.
Chapter 2
1
Complete.
EC51 330A Error Firmware size error (support number: 4905)
Detection The size information described in the received firmware data and the actual received
Description size does not match at firmware updating.
Chapter 3
Handling
Reboot.
Complete.
1
Complete.
Chapter 4
EC51 4041 Deletion failure in main PCB SROM (support number: 6820)
Error
Detection
Deletion of the corresponding area in SROM during firmware updating fails.
Description
Handling
Chapter 5
Complete.
1
EC51 4042 Writing failure in main PCB SROM (support number: 6820)
Error
Chapter 6
Detection
Writing to SROM during firmware updating fails.
Description
Handling
Complete.
1
Chapter 7

EC51 4045 Main PCB EEPROM error (support number: 6820)
Error
Detection
Abnormity is detected when information is written to the main PCB EEPROM.
Description
Handling
Chapter 8
Complete.
1
5-3. Error Code 129
SM-18001E-00
EC51 4046 Deletion failure in main PCB NAND flash (support number: 6820)
Chapter 1
Error
Detection
Deletion of the corresponding area in NAND flash during firmware updating fails.
Description
Handling
Complete.
1
Chapter 2

EC51 4047 Writing failure in main PCB NAND flash (support number: 6820)
Error
Detection
Writing to NAND flash during firmware updating fails.
Description
Handling
Chapter 3

Complete.
1
EC51 404C Serial number data mismatch (support number: 6820)
Error
Detection Mismatch of Serial number data in the BACKUP PCB UNIT and the MAIN PCB UNIT is
Chapter 4
Description detected in start-up of the printer.

Handling
This error occurs after MAIN PCB UNIT replacement
Go to 2.
1
This error occurs without performing MAIN PCB UNIT replacement
Go to 3.
Start up the printer in service mode. Perform PCB replacement mode. (Automatic
2
transformation from service mode to PCB replacement mode in start-up.)
Chapter 5

3 Complete.
Put back the MAIN PCB UNIT, the one that has been installed before the replacement, and
replace the BACKUP PCB UNIT.
EC51 404D Model ID mismatch (support number: 6820)
Chapter 6
Error
Detection When starting up the printer, model ID mismatch between MAIN PCB UNIT and
Description BACKUP PCB UNIT is detected.
Handling
This error occurs after MAIN PCB UNIT replacement
Go to 2.
This error occurs without performing MAIN PCB UNIT replacement
1 Go to 3.
Chapter 7
This error occurs after replacing to the BACKUP PCB UNIT that has been installed to the other
model
Replace with the new BACKUP PCB UNIT.
Start up the printer in service mode. Perform PCB replacement mode. (Automatic
2
transformation from service mode to PCB replacement mode at starting up.)
Chapter 8
3 Complete.
Put back the MAIN PCB UNIT, the one that has been installed before the replacement, and
replace the BACKUP PCB UNIT.
130 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC51 4070 Main PCB NAND flash ECC error (support number: 6820)
Chapter 1
Error
Detection
ECC error in NAND flash occurs during firmware updating.
Description
Handling
Complete.
1
Chapter 2
EC51 4071 Initialization failure in main PCB NAND flash (support number: 6820)
Error
Description NAND flash fails.
Handling
Chapter 3
Complete.
1
EC51 4072 Format failure in Main PCB NAND flash (support number: 6820)
Error
Detection When starting up the printer or returning from power saving mode, formatting of
Chapter 4
Description NAND flash fails.
Handling
Complete.
1
Chapter 5
EC51 5001 Start-up disabled (support number: 7050)
Error
Detection
Starting up the printer fails.
Description
Handling
Check cable connection to the MAIN PCB UNIT.
Proper connection
1 Go to 2.
Chapter 6
Improper connection
Connect the cable.
2
Complete.
Replace the ID PCB UNIT. (For how to order, ask sales companies in each region.)
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 131
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Error
Detection
Description
Handling
Proper connection
1 Go to 2.
Improper connection
Chapter 2
Connect the cable.

2
Complete.
Chapter 3
Error
Detection
Description
Handling
Proper connection
1 Go to 2.
Improper connection
Chapter 4
Connect the cable.

2
Complete.
EC52 4038 Abnormal power supply voltage in standby or printing (support number: 9110)
Chapter 5
Error
Detection
Power supply from the power supply unit stops in standby or printing.
Description
Handling
Reconnect after unplugging the power cable from the AC outlet for ten seconds or longer.
1 Complete.
Chapter 6
Go to 2.
Replace the POWER SUPPLY UNIT.
Complete.
2
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
132 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC52 4039 Abnormal power supply voltage in VH leak detection (support number: 9110)
Chapter 1
Error
Detection
Power supply from the power supply unit stops in leak detection.
Description
Handling
Reconnect after unplugging the power cable from the AC outlet for ten seconds or longer.
1 Complete.
Chapter 2
Go to 2.
Complete.
2
EC54 290A Error Hard disk unconnected (support number: 4801)
Chapter 3
Detection
Hard disk detection at start-up fails.
Description
Handling
Check if the hard disk cable is connected to the MAIN PCB UNIT.
Connected
Go to 2.
Disconnected
1 Connect the cable.
Chapter 4
Complete.
Go to 2.
Replace the hard disk cable.
2 Complete.
Chapter 5
Go to 3.
Complete.
3
EC54 401A Hard disk reading/writing error (support number: 7001)
Error
Chapter 6
Detection
Reading/writing to the hard disk is disabled.
Description
Handling
Replace the hard disk cable.
1 Complete.
Chapter 7
Go to 2.
Replace the hard disk.
Complete.
2
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 133
SM-18001E-00
EC54 405A Hard disk capacity mismatch (support number: 7003)
Chapter 1
Error
Detection
Hard disk capacity difference is detected at start-up.
Description
Handling
1 Replace the hard disk.
EC54 405B Hard disk model mismatch (support number: 7004)
Error
Chapter 2
Detection
Hard disk model ID mismatch is detected at start-up.
Description
Handling
1 Replace the hard disk.
EC55 2F20 Error Flexible cable connection error (support number: 4801)
Detection Abnormity, left connection, or inappropriate connection in flexible cable connection
Description between MAIN PCB UNIT and CARRIAGE UNIT was detected.
Handling
Chapter 3
Check the flexible cable connection.

Proper connection
Replace the CARRIAGE UNIT.
1 Improper connection
Connect the flexible cable properly.
Go to 2.
Reconnect the power cable after unplugging from the AC outlet for ten seconds or longer.
Chapter 4

2 Complete.
EC55 2F24 Error Flexible cable connected at an angle (support number: 1468)
Detection Flexible cable connection at an angle or non-connection is detected between MAIN
Description PCB UNIT and CARRIAGE RELAY PCB UNIT.
Handling
Chapter 5

Proper connection
Go to 2.
Go to 2.
Reconnect the power cable after unplugging from the AC outlet for ten seconds or longer.
Chapter 6
Complete.
2 The problem is not resolved
Replace POWER SUPPLY UNIT.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
134 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
EC55 2F6C Error Print head temperature reading error (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Detection
Temperature reading by the direct diode sensor failed.
Description
Handling
Proper connection
Go to 2.
Chapter 2
Go to 2.
Replace with CARRIAGE UNIT.
Complete.
2
Chapter 3
EC56 2FE0 Error Sub-ink tank unit power supply error (support number: 6502)
Detection
The power is not supplied to ink tank ROMs.
Description
Handling
Check the MAIN PCB UNIT cable connection.
Proper connection
1 Go to 2.
Improper connection
Chapter 4
Connect the cable.
Check if the ink tank is empty.
Not empty
Replace the ink tank unit (replacement procedure for INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT L, for INK
2
SUPPLY TANK UNIT R).
Empty
Replace the ink tank.
EC57 4040 RTC time unknown (support number: 6702)
Chapter 5
Error
Detection
Unset of GMT in RTC is detected at printer start-up in user mode.
Description
Handling
Check if the battery is mounted in the MAIN PCB UNIT.
Battery is mounted
Replace the battery and set GMT time by [OTHERS>RTC SETTING] GMT.
1 Battery is not mounted
Chapter 6
Remount the battery and set GMT time by [OTHERS>RTC SETTING].
GMT time = Greenwitch Mean Time

EC57 404F RTC non-connection (support number: 6700)
Error
Detection
Reading / writing to RTC data is disabled.
Description
Handling
Chapter 7
Reboot.
Complete.
1
Chapter 8
5-3. Error Code 135
SM-18001E-00
EC58 2F12 Error Backup PCB EEPROM error (support number: 4801)
Chapter 1
Detection
Reading / writing to BACKUP PCB UNIT EEPROM is disabled.
Description
Handling
Check the cable connection.
Proper connection
1 Replace the BACKUP PCB UNIT.
Improper connection
Connect the cable.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
136 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Detail of Jam Error
Detail
Jam Code Description
Code
001112 2E3D Error Paper feeding failure (support number: 1300)
When the paper passes PAPER ENTRY SENSOR, the multi sensor fails to detect the
Detection
paper edge*.
Chapter 2
Description
*This error occurs when the LF roller is catching the paper.
Handling
Release the release lever. Reload the paper.
(Check remained paper pieces and check the paper tip condition.)
The error is removed
1
Complete.
The error is not removed
Go to 2.
Chapter 3
Check if the pinch roller is nipping the media.
Nipping
2 Replace PINCH ROLLER UNIT.
Not nipping
Replace PAPER ENTRY SENSOR.
Check other suspected cause.
·· Media related cause. (size, media type mismatch, turn-up at the tip of the paper)
3
·· Curly bottom tip of the roll paper.
Chapter 4
·· Avoid the paper with strong stiffness or heavy roll paper.
001215 200D Error Paper detection failure (at the tip of the paper) (support number: 1322)
Detection
The multi sensor fails to detect the tip of the cut sheet.
Description
Handling
Check each condition.
·· The paper loading position.
1
·· Loading of curled paper.
Chapter 5
·· Pulling out of cut sheets just before printing.
2 ·· When using clear film, paper size may not be detected if ink is stained on the platen. In
this case, open the top cover and clean the whole platen.
001215 2016 Error Paper feeding failure (support number: 1300)
The length of the cut paper in feed direction detected by PAPER ENTRY SENSOR
Detection during printing is different from that of which detected during paper feeding.*
Description *The change of the cut paper feed amount due to some reasons such as paper jam
Chapter 6
may cause this error.
Handling
·· Remove the paper when it is jamming inside.
1
·· Reload papers when papers are not jammed inside.
001215 2E3C Error Paper feeding failure (cut sheet) (support number: 1300, alarm code: -)
Detection PAPER ENTRY SENSOR detects no paper loaded on the printer when the printing
Description starts.
Handling
Chapter 7
1 Lift the release lever up, and reload the cut sheet.
002121 2010 Error Skew (support number: 1317)
During the paper feeding, the multi sensor detects that the paper edge at home
Detection
position side moved +/-1mm or more (for cut paper, +/-2mm or more) off the
Description
original edge position per 300mm feeding.
Handling
·· Reload the paper.
·· Remove the roll holder. Put the roll paper into the spool until it hits the frange. Set the roll
Chapter 8
holder to the printer.

1
·· Select “OFF” or “Loose” in [Skew detection accuracy] in the printer menu.*
*Skew printing causes paper jam, failure in image, or stain on the platen, which may cause ink
smear on the reverse side of the paper in the next printing.
To Error Code Table
5-3. Error Code 137
SM-18001E-00
002221 200C Error Paper detection failure (at the tip of the paper) (support number: 1322)
Chapter 1
Detection
The multi sensor fails to detect the tip of the roll paper.
Description
Handling
Check each condition.
·· The paper loading position.
1
·· Loading of curled paper.
·· Pulling out of roll paper just before printing.
Chapter 2

2 ·· When using clear film, paper size may not be detected if ink is stained on the platen. In
this case, open the top cover and clean the whole platen.
002221 2017 Error Paper detection failure (at the right edge of the paper) (support number: 1322)
The multi sensor detected that the paper edge at home position side was off 5mm
Detection
during paper feeding.*
Description
*Loading the paper being off the reference position may also cause this error.
Handling
Chapter 3
Lift the lever up to release the error. Check the right edge position, and reload or replace the
1
paper.
002221 2018 Error Paper detection failure (at the left edge of the paper) (support number: 1322)
Detection The multi sensor failed to detect the away side paper edge during paper feeding.*
Description *Feeding clear films may cause this error.
Handling
1 Change [Detect paper width] in printer menu to “Disable”.
003130 201C Error Sheet edge detection error during printing - cut sheet (support number: 1300)
Chapter 4
The paper width was changed +/-10mm or more at the home position side paper
Detection
edge or away side paper edge during printing with border.*
Description
*The assumed situation is the folded paper during paper feeding.
Handling
1 Lift the lever up to remove the error, then reload or replace the paper..
003130 201D Error Paper edge detection error during printing - roll paper (support number: 1300)
The paper width was changed +/-10mm or more at the home position side paper
Detection
edge or away side paper edge during printing with border.*
Description
Chapter 5
*The assumed situation is the folded paper during paper feeding.

Handling
1 Lift the lever up to remove the error, then reload or replace the paper.
004040 2019 Cut failure (support number: 4920)
Error
Memo: Job will be canceled when the error is removed.
This error occurs in the following conditions.
·· Neither the number of cutter motor rotations nor rotation speed satisfy the
Detection
specified rotation number and rotation speed during cutting.
Description
Chapter 6
·· The edge detection position is off +/-5mm or more from the reference position
in edge detection after cutting.
Handling
·· The cut paper is remaining on the ejection guide. => Remove the remaining paper.
·· The foreign substance around the ejection guide hits the cutter blade. => Remove the
foreign substance.
·· The media is not used in the recommended use environment. => Use the media in the
1 recommended environment..*
Chapter 7
·· The paper in use does not support [Automatic cut]. => Select [User cut] for roll paper cut
setting and cut the roll paper with scissors.
·· Replace the cutter blade, in the case other than above.
*See the user manual for recommended use environment.
Chapter 8
To Error Code Table

138 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
FF0000 2E3F Error Paper feeding failure (other) (support number: 1300)
Chapter 1
Detection
Paper jam error other than above cases occurs.
Description
Handling
Release the release lever. Reload the paper.
1
(Check remained paper pieces and check the paper tip condition.)
·· Media related cause. (size, media type mismatch, turn-up at the tip of the paper)
2
·· Curly bottom tip of the roll paper.
Chapter 2
·· Avoid the paper with strong stiffness or heavy roll paper.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
To Error Code Table

5-3. Error Code 139
SM-18001E-00
To Error Code Table
5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
140
Chapter 1
Detail of Operator Error and Warning
Detail Description
Code
100x Error Low ink in the ink tank (support number: 1500, alarm code: -)
Detection
The ink level detection pin in the ink tank is detected as inactive.
Timing
Chapter 2
Handling Prepare for ink tank replacement.
Remarks Ink colors are identified with the last number of detail codes. (Detail of the last numbers)
1012 Error Print head non-ejection (support number: 3001, alarm code: 0017)
Detection The number of non-ejection nozzles is zero to 100 after recovery cleaning of non-ejection
Timing detection. In addition, the number of non-ejection complementary disabled nozzles is 30 or
more.
Handle Check the print out. Perform head cleaning as required. When non-ejection still occurs,
replace the print head.
Chapter 3
1021 Error Media type mismatch (support number: 1051, alarm code: -)
Detection The media type selected in the printer driver does not match the media loaded into the
Timing printer.
Handling Match the media type set in the printer driver with the media type set to the printer. Or reset
the printer driver to match the media type set to the printer.
1051 Error Size clip warning (support number: 1054, alarm code: -)
Detection
Loading of smaller media into the printer than the media selected in the printer driver.
Chapter 4
Timing
Handling Match the media type set in the printer driver with the media type set to the printer. Or reset
the printer driver to match the media type set to the printer.
1052 Error Borderless printing disabled (borderless printing unsupported media (warning)) (support
number: 1055 / alarm code: -)
Detection When the following conditions are satisfied.
Timing ·· [Detect paper setting mismatch] is set at other than “Pause”.
·· Loading of borderless printing unsupported media in borderless printing.
Chapter 5
Handling Set the paper with wide enough paper width for borderless printing.
1053 Error Borderless printing disabled (paper edge detection error at home position side (warning))
(support number: 1056 / alarm code: -)
Timing ·· [Detect paper setting mismatch] is set at other than “Pause”.
·· The multi sensor detects that the paper edge at the home position side is not positioned
within +/-3mm from the reference paper position when borderless printing is started.
Handling Reset the paper. When borderless printing is still disabled, replace the paper.
Chapter 6
1054 Error Roll paper width mismatch (support number: 1052, alarm code: -)
Detection Mismatch of the roll paper width selected in [Fit Roll Paper Width] in the printer driver and
Timing the roll paper width loaded into the printer.
Handling Match the roll paper width set in the printer driver with the roll paper width set to the printer.
Or reset the printer driver to match the roll paper width set to the printer.
1055 Error Borderless printing disabled (three sides borderless printing disabled (warning)) (support
number: 1057, alarm code: -)
Chapter 7
Timing ·· [Detect paper setting mismatch] is set at “Display warning”.

·· The multi sensor detects that the paper feed position of the borderless printing supported
paper is off 3mm or more from the tray for borderless printing at away position side
during printing.
Handling ·· Load the paper in wider width than the print job paper size.
·· Specify the shorter paper width in print job than the loaded paper size.
140x Error No ink in the ink tank (support number: 1570, alarm code: 0020 to 0031)
Detection
At the timing when ink level detection pin of sub ink tank is OFF.
Timing
Chapter 8
Handling Replace the ink tank.

To Error Code Table

5-3. Error Code 141
SM-18001E-00
141x Error Ink tank removed (support number: 1571, alarm code: -)
Chapter 1
Detection
The tank cover is opened and ink tank is removed during printing.
Timing
Handling Reinstall the ink tank.
1701 Error SGRaster general error: false number of parameters (support number: 3311/alarm code: -)
Detection
The number of print data parameters is incorrect.
Timing
Chapter 2
Handling Check the print result. When using print program such as RIP (Raster Image Processor), ask
the manufacturer of the print program.
1702 Error SGRaster general error: omission of non-optional item (support number: 3312, alarm code: -)
Detection
The omission prohibited parameter in the print data is omitted.
Timing
1703 Error SGRaster general error: unsupported data (support number: 3313, alarm code: -)
Chapter 3
Detection
The data out of setting range is set in the print data.
Timing
1706 Error SGRaster particular error: unsupported resolution value (support number: 3314, alarm code: -)
Detection
The resolution setting in the print data is out of setting range.
Timing
Chapter 4

1707 Error SGRaster particular error: unsupported pressure value (support number: 3315, alarm code: -)
Detection
The compression method of the print data is inappropriate.
Timing
1708 Error SGRaster particular error: invalid format of data form (support number: 3316, alarm code: -)
Detection
The format of print data form (color sequence, the number of bits) is inappropriate.
Chapter 5
Timing
1709 Error SGRaster particular error: combination failure of resolution and image data format (support
Detection
The combination of print data resolution and image data format is inappropriate.
Timing
Chapter 6

1800 Error Overflow during processing HP-GL/2 data - (1) (support number: 3300, alarm code: 0073)
Detection
Memory overflows during processing HP-GL/2 data.
Timing
Handling ·· Decrease drawing data.
·· Transform the data to HP RTL data which can be operated on-the-fly.*
*On-The-Fly : the mechanism of sending data to the printer from the top of the papers in
sequence. This an option setting of software that can create HP-GL/2. Selecting this option
Chapter 7
can reduce memory consumption.

1801 Error HP-GL/2 command out of support (support number: 3301, alarm code: 0076)
Detection
The parameter which is not supported by HP-GL/2 is specified.
Timing
Handling Check the data to print.
1802 Error HP-GL/2 command unsupported (support number: 3302, alarm code: 0077)
Detection
The printer detects unsupported HP-GL/2 command.
Timing
Chapter 8
Handling Check the data to print.
To Error Code Table

142 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Detection
Memory overflows during processing HP-GL/2 data.
Timing
sequence. The software that can create HP-GL/2 has an optional setting to select On-The-
Fly. Selecting this option can reduce memory consumption.
Chapter 2
Detection Memory overflows during processing HP-GL/2 data.
Timing
sequence. The software that can create HP-GL/2 has an optional setting to select On-The-
Fly. Selecting this option can reduce memory consumption.
1900 Error PDF/JPEG input output error (support number: 3330, alarm code: -)
Chapter 3
Detection
Read/Write of print job was disabled.
Timing
Handling Check the print data.
1901 Error Converting PDF/JPEG into print data disabled (support number: 3331, alarm code: -)
Detection The memory capacity became insufficient in the middle of PDF or JPEG data conversion into
Timing print data.
Handling ·· Delete the saved data in the shared box in the printer HDD*.
·· Print with smaller print size or lower print quality when printing PDF/JPEG.
Chapter 4
·· *Deleting the saved job data in the shared box may help avoiding HDD capacity shortage
that occurs in conversion into print data.
1902 Error Invalid JPEG format (support number: 3332, alarm code: -)
Detection Unsupported JPEG format.
Timing The supported format is JPEG that complies with JFIF1.02.
Handling Print from PC.
1903 Error JPEG decode error (support number: 3333, alarm code: -)
Chapter 5
Detection Unsupported JPEG format.
Timing The supported format is JPEG that complies with JFIF1.02.
Handling Print from PC.
1906 Error PDF font error (support number: 3336, alarm code: -)
Detection Font substitution occurs because neither the font is set in the PDF file nor included in the
Timing installed font.
Handling Set and save embedding of the necessary fonts to PDF file.
1907 Error Image process parameter error (support number: 3340, alarm code: -)
Chapter 6
Detection
Image process parameter to follow the print setting does not exist at the print job processing.
Timing
Handling When using print program such as RIP (Raster Image Processor), ask the manufacturer of the
print program.
1908 Error Image process table error (support number: 3341, alarm code: -)
Detection
Image failure is found in image process table check when processing the print job.
Timing
Handling When using print program such as RIP (Raster Image Processor), ask the manufacturer of the
Chapter 7
print program.
1910 Error Insufficient memory during processing JPEG printing (support number: 3307, alarm code: -)
Detection
Insufficient memory is detected during processing JPEG printing.
Timing
Handling ·· Make the image size of the JPEG data smaller and print it again.
·· Make the image quality of the JPEG data lower and print it again.
200E Error Paper size out of standard (support number: 1323, alarm code: -)
200F Detection The width or length of the paper in set is shorter than the supported smallest size. (200E)
Chapter 8
Timing The width or length of the paper in set is longer than the supported largest size. (200F)
▪ Detection timing is at paper width detection for roll papers, and paper width detection and
paper length detection for cut sheets.
Handling Lift the lever up to release the error, then feed the supported size paper.
To Error Code Table

5-3. Error Code 143
SM-18001E-00
202B Error Roll end error (due to strong adhesion) (support number: 1024, alarm code: -)
Chapter 1
Detection During paper feeding, paper end detection error (the abnormal amount of rotation drive in
Timing ACTIVE ROLL BRAKE UNIT control) occurs due to strong adhesive on the roll end.
▪ This error is assuming that the roll paper end cannot be peeled off from the roll core during
paper feeding or printing, or paper feeding is disabled due to the weight of the roll paper.
Handling The roll paper run out. => Replace the roll paper.
The roll paper has been loaded but feeding does not work.
=> Change print mode and print (change the amount of paper feeding.)
=> Replace the roll paper with less amount of windings. (light weight roll paper)
Chapter 2
▪ Loose roll papers also can be the cause of this error.

(Check if the roll paper is loose when this error occurs while the roll paper is remaining.)
2060 Error Running out of roll paper alart (support number: 1058, alarm code: -)
Detection
Timing The remaining roll paper is less than the amount set in [Roll amount warning setting].
Handling Prepare for roll paper change.

231x Error Sub-ink tank ink filling failure (support number: 1757, alarm code: 0321 to 0333)
Chapter 3
Detection In initial ink filling, or in ink filling to sub ink tank after replacing the ink tank, the ink level
Timing detection pin in the sub ink tank is not turned ON even after a certain time has passed from
ink tank installation.
Handling Remove and reinstall the ink tank, or replace the ink tank with other ink tanks.
▪ Ink may not be flowing from the ink tank to the sub ink tank.
Remarks Ink color is identified with the last number of detail code. (Detail of the last numbers)
2405 Error Borderless printing disabled - off the loading position (support number: 4116, alarm code: -)
Detection Borderless printing is disabled due to the following reasons.
Chapter 4
Timing The paper is loaded out of position.

<When the printer driver is set at [Fit Roll Paper Width]>
The multi sensor detects that the paper feed position of the borderless printing supported
paper is off 3mm or more from paper edge at the home position side or from the tray for
borderless printing at away position side.
<When the printer driver is set at other than [Fit Roll Paper Width]>
The multi sensor detects that the paper edge at the home position side is off 3mm or more
from the reference position.
Handling Print after replacing the paper, select “print with border,” or press “cancel” to stop printing.
Chapter 5
2406 Error Borderless printing disabled - receiving borderless printing unsupported data (support
Detection The borderless print data is received when printing starts. In addition, at least a condition
Timing among the following conditions is satisfied.
·· The paper feeding slot specified in the data is the slot other than roll paper feeding.
·· The print mode set in the data does not support borderless printing.
·· Banner printing is selected in the data at the same time.
·· [Fit Roll Paper Width] is specified and the paper size that does not support borderless
Chapter 6
printing is specified in the job.

·· The amount of extra printing for borderless printing in the data is out of standard.
2407 Error Borderless printing disabled - the paper end is off during printing (support number: 4114,
alarm code: -)
Detection ·· The multi sensor detects that the paper edge at the home position side is not positioned
Timing within +3mm from the reference paper position.
·· The printer driver is set at [Fit Roll Paper Width]. Besides, the multi sensor detects that the
Chapter 7
paper edge at away position side is off 3mm or more from the tray for borderless printing
during borderless printing.
Handling Reload the paper.
2408 Error Borderless printing disabled - borderless printing unsupported paper (operator error) (support
Detection When the following condition is satisfied.
Timing ·· The printer driver is set at [Fit Roll Paper Width].
·· The printer fed the roll paper in borderless printing unsupported size.
Chapter 8
To Error Code Table

144 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
2409 Error Borderless printing disabled - after restarting the hold job (off the loading position)
Chapter 1
(support number: 4913, alarm code: -)
Detection When restarting the hold job after replacing the paper with [Replace paper] button, the
Timing following cause may disable borderless printing.*
· The loaded paper position is off the reference position.
*What is “Hold Job?”
When “Hold Job?” is selected at [Device settings > Paper-related settings > Detect paper
setting mismatch] from the operation panel, the printer saves the printing jobs in HDD
without performing printing. These saved jobs are called “Hold Job”.
Chapter 2
Handling Reload the paper.
240A Error Borderless printing disabled - after restarting the hold job (borderless printing unsupported
paper) (support number: 4913, alarm code: -)
Detection When restarting the hold job after replacing the paper with [Replace paper] button, the
Timing following cause may disable borderless printing.
· The loaded paper is not in the borderless printing supported size.
250x Error Ink empty (support number: 1752, alarm code: 0301 to 0314)
Chapter 3
Detection
During printing or cleaning, remaining ink dot count reaches to the value of empty.
Timing
252x Error No ink tank (support number: 1660, alarm code: -)
Detection
Ink tank is not detected when closing the tank cover.
Timing
Handling Install the ink tank.
Chapter 4
254x Error Ink tank ID error (support number: 168B, alarm code: 0111 to 0124)
Detection
At the timing when the ink tank that does not support the corresponding product is installed.
Timing
Handling Install the ink tank that supports the corresponding products.
258x Error Insufficient ink (support number: 1756, alarm code: -)
Detection
Necessary ink amount is not left before cleaning.
Timing
Chapter 5
25Bx Error Ink level detection pin OFF when the tank cover is open (support number: 1201, alarm code: -)
Detection
Ink level detection pin turns off when the tank cover is open.
Timing
Handling Close the tank cover. Check the remaining ink amount. When ink is not left, replace the ink
tank.
270x Error Remaining ink amount unknown (genuine ink)(support number: 1730, alarm code: 0661 to
0793)
Detection The ink consumption amount used for status print, pattern adjustment printing, or print head
Chapter 6
Timing cleaning exceeded the specified amount.
▪ Refilling ink to the ink cartridge may cause this error.
Handling Select [Cancel job] to remove the error temporarily or release [ink level detection].
271x Error Remaining ink amount unknown (non-genuine ink)(support number: 1731, alarm code: 0701
to 0853)
Detection
Installation of the non-genuine ink tank.
Timing
Chapter 7
273x Error Remaining ink amount unknown (no detection by ink level detection pin)(support number:
1753, alarm code: 0601 to 0613)
Detection Excess of the specified ink consumption amount in the ink cartridge during printing user's
Timing data.
▪ Refilling ink to the ink cartridge may cause this error.
Chapter 8
To Error Code Table

5-3. Error Code 145
SM-18001E-00
27Dx Error Notification of new ink tank installation (support number: 1552, alarm code: -)
Chapter 1
Detection
The new ink tank installation is detected.
Timing
Handling Press [OK] button to remove the error or the printer recovers when certain amount of time
passed.
27Ex Error Notification of used ink tank installation (support number: 1551, alarm code: -)
Detection
The used ink tank installation is detected.
Chapter 2
Timing
Handling Press [OK] button to remove the error or the printer recovers when certain amount of time
passed.
2800 Error No print head (support number: 1401, alarm code: 0181)
Detection
The access cover is closed though no print head is detected.
Timing
Handling Replace the print head when the printer does not recover by confirming installation or
Chapter 3
reinstalling the print head.

2802 Error Print head ID error (support number: 1485, alarm code: 0189)
Detection
When installing the print head, incorrect ID is detected.
Timing
280D Error Non-ejection (support number: 1495, alarm code: 0192)
Detection Print head nozzle check by the head management sensor after cleaning for recovery resulted
Chapter 4
Timing in either of the following condition.

- The number of non-ejection nozzles is 100 to 639, and the number of
non-ejection complement disabled nozzles is 30 or more.
or
- The number of non-ejection nozzles is 640 or more.
Handling Check the printout and perform print head cleaning as required. Replace the print head when
the error is not removed yet.
2812 Error Print head version error (support number: 1485, alarm code: 0194)
Chapter 5
Detection
Installation of inappropriate print head version.
Timing
2816 Error Maintenance cartridge EEPROM error (support number: 1722, alarm code: 0197)
Detection
At maintenance cartridge EEPROM accessing, communication error occurs.
Timing
Handling Replace the maintenance cartridge when the printer does not recover by confirming
Chapter 6
installation or reinstalling the print head.

2817 Error Maintenance cartridge ID error (support number: 1722, alarm code: 0198)
Detection At maintenance cartridge EEPROM accessing, the maintenance cartridge that had been
Timing installed to the other model is detected.
Handling Replace the maintenance cartridge.
2818 Error No maintenance cartridge (support number: 1721, alarm code: -)
Detection
No maintenance cartridge is detected.
Timing
Chapter 7
Handling Check the maintenance cartridge installation or replace the maintenance cartridge.
2819 Error Maintenance cartridge full (support number: 1720, alarm code: 0063)
Detection At maintenance cartridge EEPROM accessing, the maintenance cartridge is detected to be
Timing full.
Handling Check remaining capacity of the maintenance cartridge or replace the maintenance cartridge.
281A Error Little remaining capacity of maintenance cartridge alert (support number: 3250, alarm code: -)
Detection At maintenance cartridge EEPROM accessing, the value indicates little capacity is left in the
Timing maintenance cartridge.
Chapter 8
To Error Code Table

146 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
281B Error Insufficient capacity of maintenance cartridge (support number: 1720, alarm code: -)
Chapter 1
Detection Insufficient capacity in the maintenance cartridge for cleaning is detected when accessing to
Timing the maintenance cartridge EEPROM.
2829 Error Multi sensor optical axis correction error (support number: 4923, alarm code: 0209)
Detection The corrected value exceeds the threshold during optical axis adjustment.
Timing ▪ If the optical axis of multi sensor is off the correct position, paper end detection by the multi
sensor results in incorrect detection. With measuring the difference between the theoretical
printing position of optical correction pattern and the actual printing position, the multi
Chapter 2
sensor detects and corrects the value gap of the optical axis.
Handling Check if the printed optical adjustment pattern has blur.
If it is blurry, perform print head cleaning.
If it is not blurry, check the multi sensor installation and perform “GAP CALIB” in service
mode.
2901 Error Hard disk capacity alert (support number: 3350, alarm code: -)
Detection
The total capacity of the personal box in the printer hard disk became smaller than 1GB.
Timing
Chapter 3
Handling Delete the job saved in the personal box.
2902 Error Printing without saving to the hard disk (support number: 3352, alarm code: -)
Detection Printing starts without saving due to hard disk factors. (example: no blank capacity in the hard
Timing disk, etc.)
2905 Error Hard disk full (support number: 4900, alarm code: -)
Detection
The value indicates capacity is full in the hard disk.
Chapter 4
Timing
2906 Error Max. number of files saved to the hard disk (support number: 4903, alarm code: -)
Detection
The number of files saved in the hard disk reaches the max.
Timing
2907 Error Almost the max. number of files saved to the hard disk (support number: 3351, alarm code: -)
Detection
The number of files saved in the hard disk is almost reaching the max.
Chapter 5
Timing
2D03 Error Incomplete print head alignment (support number: 3000, alarm code: -)
Detection At the initial installation or at the incomplete print head position adjustment after the print
Timing head replacement. (including cancel)
Handling Perform print head alignment.
2D04 Error Print head alignment failure (support number: 4937, alarm code: -)
Detection
The printer fails to adjust print head alignment toward the print head nozzle line direction.
Chapter 6
Timing
Handling Check the nozzle condition with the nozzle check pattern. Perform head cleaning if necessary.
When the nozzle condition is not recovered by the nozzle cleaning, replace the print head.
2E02 Error No cut sheet (support number: 1005, alarm code: -)
Detection The cut sheet is not fed when receiving the job selecting cut sheet. Or “No sheets.” is
Timing detected after starting printing.
Handling Load cut sheets on the paper feed slot.
2E08 Error Roll paper width mismatch (support number: 2130, alarm code: -)
Chapter 7
Detection The paper roll width indicated in the print job and the roll paper width loaded on the printer
Timing are not matched.
Handling Replace the paper. Or continue printing.
2E09 Error Insufficient roll paper left (support number: 1021, alarm code: -)
Detection The printer, which is selecting “Enable” at [Manage remaining roll amount], receives a print
Timing job that requires the longer paper size than the remaining paper length.
Handling Select “Print with the loaded paper”, “Replace the paper and print”, or “cancel” to suspend
printing.
Chapter 8
To Error Code Table

5-3. Error Code 147
SM-18001E-00
2E0A Error Cut sheet has been fed while received data is for roll paper
Chapter 1

Detection
The printer receives roll paper print data while feeding has completed with cut sheet.
Timing
Handling Remove the cut sheet, and load the roll paper.
2E0B Error Roll paper has been fed while received data is for cut sheet
Detection
The printer receives cut sheet print data while feeding has completed with roll paper.
Chapter 2
Timing
Handling Remove the roll paper, and load the cut sheet.
2E10 Error Cut sheet is fed in roll paper mode (support number: 1041, alarm code: -)
Detection
While "Roll Paper" is set in [Media Settings], feeding of cut paper is detected.
Timing
Handling Match the paper setting in [Media Settings] and the actual paper to feed.
2E11 Error Roll paper is fed in Cut sheet mode. (support number: 1041, alarm code: -)
Detection
While "Cut Paper" is set in [Media Settings], feeding of roll paper is detected.
Chapter 3
Timing
Handling Match the paper setting in [Media Settings] and the actual paper to feed.
2E15 Error Media type mismatch (support number: 1061, alarm code: -)
Detection
The media type selected in the job is different from the actual fed media.
Timing
Handling Confirm the media type selection of the print job and the printer.
2E1B Error End of roll paper (support number: 1024, alarm code: -)
Detection
PAPER ENTRY SENSOR detects the paper end during feeding the roll paper.
Chapter 4
Timing
Handling Replace the roll paper.
2E20 Error Inappropriate paper type or size for printing paper feeding system adjustment pattern
Detection When adjusting feeding system with cut sheets, page2 or after with different media type or
Timing size from that of page1 is fed, and appropriate adjustment is considered to be disabled.
Handling Check the size of the loaded cut sheet. Or reload the sheet.
2E21 Error Inappropriate paper type or size for printing print head position adjustment pattern
Chapter 5

Detection When adjusting the print head position with cut sheets, page2 or after with different media
Timing type or size from that of page1 is fed, and appropriate adjustment is considered to be
disabled.
Handling Check the size of the loaded cut sheet. Or reload the sheet.
2E30 Error Size clip error (support number: 2131, alarm code: -)
Detection
The paper width loaded on the printer is shorter than the paper width in print job.
Timing
Chapter 6
Handling Confirm the media type of the print job and the printer.
2E33 Error Roll paper not loaded (support number: 100A, alarm code: -)
Detection When receiving the roll paper specified print job, the roll paper has not been fed. The upper
Timing roll nor lower roll has not been fed. In addition, the paper feeding slot is “Auto” in job setting.
Handling Load the roll paper.
2E38 Error Small paper size for status print. (support number: 2132 , alarm code: -)
Detection In printing the printer internal data, the smaller paper than the size specified by each printing
Timing data is loaded.
Chapter 7
Handling Load the specified size or larger paper.

2E40 Error Roll paper not loaded (support number: 100A, alarm code: -)
Detection
After starting printing, “No roll sheets” is detected.
Timing
Handling Load the roll paper.
2E42 Error Media type mismatch after resuming the held job (support number: 4911, alarm code: -)
Detection
The size of the paper selected in the held job is different from the actual fed paper.
Timing
Chapter 8
Handling Select “Replace the paper and print” or press “cancel” to stop printing.
To Error Code Table

148 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
2E43 Error Media type unknown (support number: 4111, alarm code: -)
Chapter 1
Detection The job is selecting an unregistered media type in the printer.
Timing ▪ This error occurs under the following situation.
1. A print job that required a paper type which had been registered in the printer at some
point of time was saved in the HDD. After that, this media type was deleted from the
printer by MCT. However, this job was executed.
2. When printing from driver, media type data is not obtained from the printer until pressing
“Get Information...” button. After deleting a media type from MCT, executing a print
job that specifies this deleted media, without pressing “Get Information...” button, may
Chapter 2
generate this error.
Handling Check the media type settings and print again.
2E45 Error Roll paper width mismatch after resuming the held job (support number: 4910, alarm code: -)
Detection The width of the roll paper selected in the held job is different from the width of actual fed
Timing roll paper.
Handling Select “Replace the paper and print” or press “cancel” to stop printing.
2E75 Error Borderless printing (or three sides borderless printing) is disabled (operator error) (support
Chapter 3
Detection When the following condition is satisfied.
Timing ·· [Detect paper setting mismatch] in the operation panel is set at “Hold job” or “Pause”.
·· The printer driver is not set at [Fit Roll Paper Width].
·· The multi sensor detects that the paper feed position is off +3mm or more from the tray
for borderless printing at away position side when the printing starts.
Handling ·· Select [Fit Roll Paper Width] for the printer driver setting.
·· Suspend the printing. Switch to [Print with border] and print again.
·· Replace the paper and print again.
Chapter 4
2EA3 Error Print head alignment unavailable for the media (support number: 4932, alarm code: 0100)
Detection The media for films which has too high transparency to adjust the print head position is
Timing loaded.
Handling When a highly transparent film media* is loaded, replace the media.
*Tracing paper, semi-transparent matte film, Clear Films, etc.
2EA4 Error Blur printing of the print head alignment pattern (support number: 4934, alarm code: 0102)
Detection
Print blur occurs when the density at the pattern edge is lower than prescribed value.
Timing
Chapter 5
Handling Check the print out by nozzle check. Perform cleaning as required. When the problem is not
removed, replace the print head.
2EA5 Error Insufficient contrast in the print head alignment pattern (support number: 4933, alarm code:
0101)
Detection
The difference of the density in the pattern is lower than the prescribed value.
Timing
Chapter 6
2EA6 Error Abnormal print head alignment value (support number: 4935, alarm code: 0103)
Detection
The print head alignment value is higher than the prescribed value.
Timing
2EA7 Error Hard disk format abnormal (support number: 4901, alarm code: 0524)
Detection
The hard disk format type is different.
Timing
Chapter 7
Handling Format the hard disk.

2EA8 Error Automatic feeding adjustment error (support number: 4931, alarm code: 0206)
Detection
Unreadable patches are six or more.
Timing
Handling Check if smudge is on the pattern print sheet. Check if the environment is where the natural
light comes in. Perform cleaning of the print head.
2EA9 Error Eccentricity adjustment error (support number: 4936, alarm code: 0207)
Chapter 8
Detection
Eccentricity automatic adjustment value is out of the prescribed value.
Timing
To Error Code Table

5-3. Error Code 149
SM-18001E-00
2EAA Error Automatic feeding adjustment failure (support number: 4929, alarm code: 0211)
Chapter 1
Detection In processing of automatic judgement for uneven paper feeding, multi sensor read value is
Timing out of the prescribed value.
2EAB Error Failure in automatic judgment of uneven printing in the carriage moving direction
(support number: 4928, alarm code: 0278)
Detection In processing of automatic judgement for uneven printing toward carriage scanning direction,
Chapter 2
Timing multi sensor read value is out of the prescribed value.

Handling Check the print out by nozzle check. Perform cleaning the print head as required. When the
problem is not removed, replace the print head.
2EBC Error Carriage cogging correction failure (support number: 4930, alarm code: 0215)
Detection In the automatic judgement for carriage cogging adjustment process, the measured value is
Timing out of the specified range.
▪ The detecting timing of carriage cogging adjustment is as follows.
· After print head replacement.
· After print head alignment adjustment.
Chapter 3
· After carriage related errors.

Handling ·· Check if the linear scale is attached properly. Make sure that the linear scale is free from
any scratch or dirt.
·· If the linear scale is in appropriate condition, replace the carriage encoder sensor.
2F6A Error Installed print head model error (support number: 1480, alarm code: -)
Detection
The print head which had been installed into a different model before was installed.
Timing
Handling Install a print head that has been installed into the same model or install a new print head.
Chapter 4
2F6B Error Installed print head model error (ink system) (support number: 1481, alarm code: -)
Detection The print head which had been installed into the model that used a different ink set before
Timing was installed.
▪ This error occurs in service mode only.
Handling Install a print head that has been installed into the same model or install a new print head.
2F7C Error Print head contact error at print head replacement (support number: 140B , alarm code: -)
Detection
Despite of print head installation, the print head is not recognized.
Chapter 5
Timing
Handling Reinstall the print head. When the problem is not removed, replace the print head.
3000 Error WPSPIN timeout (support number: 4950, alarm code: -)
Detection
WPS (PIN mode) processing terminates with error due to timeout.
Timing
Handling Follow the message on the operation panel. (Check the setting and reset.)
3001 Error WPSPBC timeout (support number: 4950, alarm code: -)
Detection
WPS (PBC mode) processing terminates with error due to timeout.
Chapter 6
Timing
3002 Error WPSPBC session overlap (support number: 4950, alarm code: -)
Detection
WPS (PBC mode) processing terminates with error due to session overlapping.
Timing
3003 Error WPS credential error (support number: 4950, alarm code: -)
Detection WPS (PBC mode) processing terminates with error due to false credential (encryption mode is
Chapter 7
Timing WEP).
3004 Error Other WPS errors (support number: 4950, alarm code: -)
Detection
The failure of the reasons other than above WPS.
Timing
3005 Error AOSS multiple access points error (support number: 4951, alarm code: -)
Detection
Multiple wireless LAN routers in AOSS mode are detected.
Chapter 8
Timing
To Error Code Table

150 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
3006 Error AOSS timeout (support number: 4951, alarm code: -)
Chapter 1
Detection
Wireless LAN router in AOSS mode is not detected.
Timing
3007 Error AOSS connection error (support number: 4951, alarm code: -)
Detection
The other device is connecting to the wireless router.
Timing
Chapter 2
3008 Error AOSS security setting error (support number: 4951, alarm code: -)
Detection
When confirming wireless LAN router and security information, the error occurs.
Timing
3009 Error Other AOSS errors (support number: 4951, alarm code: -)
Detection
Wireless LAN set-up by AOSS fails.
Timing
Chapter 3
3010 Error Access point connection failure (support number: 4952, alarm code: -)
Detection
Connecting to the access point by setting wireless LAN manually fails.
Timing
3011 Error Access point not detected with the specified SSID (support number: 4952, alarm code: -)
Detection
In set-up, AP detection of the input SSID fails.
Timing
Chapter 4
3012 Error Connection alarm due to IP address obtaining failure (support number: 4953, alarm code: -)
Detection
In wireless detail setting, despite selecting [WEP], obtaining IP address fails, and AutoIP is set.
Timing
3013 Error Cableless setup timeout (support number: 4954, alarm code: -)
Detection
In cableless set-up, wireless LAN setting process was finished in error due to timeout.
Timing
Chapter 5
3014 Error Cableless setup setting failure (support number: 4954, alarm code: -)
Detection
In cableless set-up, wireless LAN setting fails.
Timing
3015 Error LAN invalid in IPv4/IPv6 setting (support number: 4955, alarm code: -)
Detection
LAN is invalid when IPv4/IPv6 is selected.
Timing
Handling “Enable” [Active wired LAN] or [Active wireless LAN].
Chapter 6
3016 Error LAN setting unavailable (support number: 4956, alarm code: -)
Detection When changing LAN setting, the setting change was not available due to the following
Timing reasons.
·· The printer is in the middle of operation.
·· Remote UI is selecting the printer settings.
Handling Terminate other operations and select settings again.
3017 Error [Raku Raku WLAN Start] timeout error (support number: 4957, alarm code: -)
Detection
Chapter 7
Connecting via [Raku Raku WLAN] fails.

Timing
Handling Follow the message on the operation panel.
3018 Error [Raku Raku WLAN Start] other errors (support number: 4957, alarm code: -)
Detection
The wireless LAN router in Raku Raku wireless mode is not detected.
Timing
3022 Error Wi-Fi Direct connection request (support number: 4959, alarm code: -)
Detection
Chapter 8
Connection is requested from Wi-Fi Direct supported device.

Timing
Handling Select “Yes (accept)” or “No (not accept).”
To Error Code Table

5-3. Error Code 151
SM-18001E-00
3023 Error SMTP server setting error (support number: 3414, alarm code: -)
Chapter 1
Detection
Connecting to SMTP server fails.
Timing
Handling Check with the remote UI if the address and port number of the mail server for outgoing
message (SMTP) in the mail server settings are correct.
3024 Error POP server setting error (support number: 3415, alarm code: -)
Detection
Connecting to POP server fails.
Timing
Chapter 2
Handling Check with the remote UI if the address and port number of the mail server for incoming
message (POP3) in the mail server settings are correct.
3025 Error SMTP SSL connection error (support number: 3416, alarm code: -)
Detection
Connecting SMTP server with SSL fails.
Timing
Handling Check with the remote UI if the secure connection (SSL) settings of the mail server and the
printer are matching.
3026 Error POP SSL connection error (support number: 3417, alarm code: -)
Chapter 3
Detection
Connecting POP server with SSL fails.
Timing
Handling Check with the remote UI if the secure connection (SSL) settings of the mail server and the
printer are matching.
3027 Error SMTP command error (support number: 3418, alarm code: -)
Detection
Sending command to SMTP server fails.
Timing
Handling Check with the remote UI if the items related to the mail server for outgoing message (SMTP)
Chapter 4
in the mail server settings are correct.

3028 Error SMTP authorization error (support number: 3419, alarm code: -)
Detection SMTP authorization user name is not specified, SMTP authorization password is not specified,
Timing or SMTP authorization fails.
Handling Check with the remote UI if the account and the password for outgoing message in the mail
server settings are correct.
3029 Error POP command error (support number: 3420, alarm code: -)
Detection
Sending command to POP server fails.
Chapter 5
Timing
Handling Check with the remote UI if the items related to the mail server for incoming message (POP3)
in the mail server settings are correct.
3030 Error POP authorization error (support number: 3421, alarm code: -)
Detection POP authorization user name is not specified, POP authorization password is not specified, or
Timing POP authorization fails.
Handling Check with the remote UI if the account and the password for incoming message in the mail
server settings are correct.
Chapter 6
3031 Error APOP authorization error (support number: 3422, alarm code: -)
Detection
APOP authorization fails.
Timing
Handling Check with the remote UI if the APOP settings are appropriate.
3032 Error Socket server connection error (support number: 3423, alarm code: -)
Detection Communication timeout occurs in connecting with SMTP server. Or Read/Write socket error
Timing occurs.
Handling Check with the remote UI if the mail server settings are appropriate.
Chapter 7
3033 Error Destination mail address error (support number: 3424, alarm code: -)
Detection
Destination mail address is incorrect.
Timing
Handling Select a correct e-mail address of destination with the remote UI and send again.
3034 Error Unsupported device connected (support number: 2001, alarm code: -)
Detection
USB host unsupported device is connected.
Timing
Chapter 8
▪ The only device that can print directly by connecting to this machine is USB flash memory.
To Error Code Table

152 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
3035 Error Hub not supported (support number: 2002, alarm code: -)
Chapter 1
Detection USB hub is connected to USB host.
Timing ▪ Connecting USB flash memory via USB hub is not supported.
3036 Error IPv4 address conflict alert (support number: 3306, alarm code: 3448)
Detection
The IPv4 address set in the printer is conflicting with the address set in other devices.
Timing
Handling Change the set IP address in the printer not to overlap with other devices.
Chapter 2
3210 Error Parts counter Wia1 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0901)
Detection
The parts counter Wia1 reached the value that indicates level W1.
Timing
Handling The part is available until the operation panel indicates [Part replacement needed].
Detection
Timing
Chapter 3
Detection
Timing
Detection
Timing
Chapter 4
3280 Error Parts counter WF1 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0941)
Detection
The parts counter WF1 reached the value that indicates level W1.
Timing
3290 Error Parts counter CR1 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0911)
Detection
The parts counter CR1 reached the value that indicates level W1.
Timing
Chapter 5
3291 Error Parts counter CR1 alert2 (support number: 3201, alarm code: 0961)
Detection
Timing
Handling Replace the corresponding part, and clear the corresponding counter data in service mode.
32A0 Error Parts counter CR2 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0912)
Detection
Timing
Chapter 6
32A1 Error Parts counter CR2 alert2 (support number: 3201, alarm code: 0962)
Detection
Timing
32B0 Error Parts counter CR3 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0913)
Detection
Timing
Chapter 7
32B1 Error Parts counter CR3 alert2 (support number: 3201, alarm code: 0963)
Detection
Timing
32C0 Error Parts counter CR4 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0914)
Detection
Timing
Chapter 8
To Error Code Table

5-3. Error Code 153
SM-18001E-00
32D0 Error Parts counter CR5 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0915)
Chapter 1
Detection
Timing
32D1 Error Parts counter CR5 alert2 (support number: 3201, alarm code: 0965)
Detection
Timing
Chapter 2
32F0 Error Parts counter PG1 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0921)
Detection
The parts counter PG1 reached the value that indicates level W1.
Timing
3305 Error Media update corruption (support number: 3306, alarm code: 0520)
Detection
Recognizing the media data properly fails due to the broken media data of the printer.
Timing
Handling Start up [Media Configuration Tool] and recover the printer media data.
Chapter 3
3400 Error Parts counter PG2 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0922)
Detection
Timing
3410 Error Parts counter PG3 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0923)
Detection
Timing
Chapter 4
3420 Error Parts counter HMa1 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0926)
Detection
The parts counter HMa1 reached the value that indicates level W1.
Timing
3430 Error Parts counter MT1 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0942)
Detection
The parts counter MT1 reached the value that indicates level W1.
Timing
Chapter 5
3431 Error Parts counter MT1 alert2 (support number: 3201, alarm code: 0992)
Detection
The parts counter MT1 reached the value that indicates level W2.
Timing
3440 Error Parts counter LFS1 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0931)
Detection
The parts counter LFS1 reached the value that indicates level W1.
Timing
Chapter 6
3441 Error Parts counter LFS1 alert2 (support number: 3201, alarm code: 0981)
Detection
The parts counter LFS1 reached the value that indicates level W2.
Timing
3450 Error Parts counter PL1 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0943)
Detection
The parts counter PL1 reached the value that indicates level W1.
Timing
Chapter 7
3451 Error Parts counter PL1 alert2 (support number: 3201, alarm code: 0993)
Detection
The parts counter PL1 reached the value that indicates level W2.
Timing
3460 Error Parts counter Mi1 alert1 (support number: 3200, alarm code: 0934)
Detection
The parts counter Mi1 reached the value that indicates level W1.
Timing
Chapter 8
To Error Code Table

154 5-3. Error Code
SM-18001E-00
- Error Ink tank cover opening during operation (support number: 1210, alarm code: -)
Chapter 1
Detection The ink tank cover is opened at other than the following timing.
Timing Standby, closed standby, during printing, during paper feeding, at ink related error
occurrence, and in ink related alarm after no remaining ink in the ink tank.
Handling Close the ink tank cover.
- Error Ink tank cover opening (support number: 1201, alarm code: -)
Detection
The ink tank cover is opened when opening and closing is operable.
Timing
Chapter 2
Handling Close the ink tank cover.
- Error Access cover opening (support number: 1200, alarm code: -)
Detection
The access cover is opened when opening and closing is operable.
Timing
Handling Close the access cover.
- Error Release lever lifting (support number: 1213, alarm code: -)
Detection
The release lever is lifted when lifting up and down is operable.
Timing
Chapter 3
Handling Lower the release lever.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
To Error Code Table

5-3. Error Code 155
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Appendix (Contrast List of Error Code and Support Number)
Support No. Error Code (E code & Detail code)

1005 2E02
100A 2E33, 2E40
1021 2E09
Chapter 2
1024 202B, 2E1B

1036 2020
1051 1021
1052 1054
1054 1051
Chapter 3
1055 1052
1056 1053
1057 1055
1061 2E15
1201 25B0, 25B1, 25B2, 25B3, 25B6
1214 EC19-2F21
Chapter 4
1300 2016, 201C, 201D, 2E3C,2E3D, 2E3F

1306 2E0A
1317 2010
1322 200C, 200D, 2017, 2018
1323 200E, 200F
1324 2E0B
Chapter 5
1401 2800
1403 EC21-282E
1408 EC21-2F70, EC21-2F73
1409 EC21-2F71, EC21-2F74
140A EC21-2F72, EC21-2F75
140B 2F7C
Chapter 6
140C EC21-282D
140F EC21-2F6D
1468 EC55-2F24
1477 EC21-2F50, EC21-2F56, EC21-2F60
1478 EC21-2F53, EC21-2F58, EC21-2F62, EC21-2F7F
1480 2F6A
Chapter 7
1481 2F6B
1485 2802, 2812
1492 EC02-2F42, EC21-2F44, EC3F-2F40, EC3F-2F41
1494 EC21-2F43
1495 280D
1500 1000, 1001, 1002, 1003, 1006
Chapter 8
1551 27E0, 27E1, 27E2, 27E3, 27E6

1552 27D0, 27D1, 27D2, 27D3, 27D6
156 5-3. Error Code

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
1570 1400, 1401, 1402, 1403, 1406
1571 1410, 1411, 1412, 1413, 1416
1660 2520, 2521, 2522, 2523, 2526
168B 2540, 2541, 2542, 2543, 2546
1720 2819, 281B
Chapter 2
1721 2818
1722 2816, 2817
1730 2700, 2701, 2702, 2703, 2706
1731 2710, 2711, 2712, 2713, 2716
1752 2500, 2501, 2502, 2503, 2506
1753 2730, 2731, 2732, 2733, 2736
Chapter 3
1756 2580, 2581, 2582, 2583, 2586
1757 2310, 2311, 2312, 2313, 2316
2001 3034
2002 3035
2130 2E08
2131 2E30
Chapter 4
2132 2E20, 2E21, 2E38
3000 2D03
3001 1012
3036 3036
3210, 3220, 3250, 3270, 3280, 3290, 32A0, 32B0, 32C0, 32D0, 32F0, 3400, 3410, 3420, 3230, 3440,
3200
3450, 3460
Chapter 5
3201 3291, 32A1, 32B1, 32D1, 3431, 3441, 3451
3250 281A
3311 1701
3312 1702
3313 1703
3314 1706
Chapter 6
3315 1707
3316 1708
3317 1709
3330 1900
3331 1901
3332 1902
Chapter 7
3333 1903
3336 1906, 3305
3340 1907
3341 1908
3350 2901
3351 2907
Chapter 8
3352 2902
3414 3023
3415 3024
5-3. Error Code 157

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1

3416 3025
3417 3026
3418 3027
3419 3028
3420 3029
Chapter 2
3421 3030
3422 3031
3423 3032
3424 3033
4111 2E43
4113 2E75
Chapter 3
4114 2407
4115 2408
4116 2405
4117 2406
EC01-2F90, EC01-2F95, EC04-2F31, EC05-2F92, EC06-2F9A,
EC06-2F9B, EC06-2F9C, EC0F-2F96, EC11-2F2A, EC12-2F29,
EC12-2F2B, EC12-2F2C, EC13-2F17, EC15-2E23, EC16-2021, EC16-2022,
Chapter 4
EC16-2027, EC16-202A, EC16-2038,

EC21-2F51, EC21-2F54,
4801 EC21-2F57, EC21-2F59, EC21-2F61, EC21-2F67,
EC22-2F30, EC22-2F47, EC23-260E, EC23-2F11, EC23-2F18, EC23-2F32,
EC25-2F16, EC31-2F1C, EC31-2F1D,
EC31-2F1E, EC31-2F22, EC33-2601, EC34-2602,
EC34-2F3B, EC35-2603, EC51-2F14, EC51-2F15, EC51-2FDE, EC51-3301,
EC51-3302, EC51-3303, EC54-290A, EC55-2F20, EC55-2F6C, EC58-2F12
Chapter 5
4803 EC51-203C
4900 2905
4901 2EA7
4903 2906
4905 EC51-3304, EC51-3306, EC51-3307, EC51-3308, EC51-3309, EC51-330A
4910 2E45
Chapter 6
4911 2E42
4913 2409, 240A
4920 2019
4923 2829
4928 2EAB
4929 2EAA
Chapter 7
4930 2EBC
4931 2EA8
4932 2EA3
4933 2EA5
4934 2EA4
Chapter 8
4935 2EA6
4936 2EA9
4937 2D04
158 5-3. Error Code

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
4950 3000, 3001, 3002, 3003, 3004
4951 3005, 3006, 3007, 3008, 3009
4952 3010, 3011
4953 3012
4954 3013, 3014
Chapter 2
4955 3015
4956 3016
4957 3017, 3018
4959 3022
5106 EC03-4061
5200 EC21-2F7E
Chapter 3
5B16 EC22-4001
5B20 EC25-4001, EC41-4001, EC43-4001, EC44-4001, EC45-4001, EC47-4001
5B21 EC48-4001
5C00 EC31-4001
6502 EC56-2FE0
6700 EC57-404F
Chapter 4
6702 EC57-4040
EC07-4060, EC51-4041, EC51-4042, EC51-4045, EC51-4046, EC51-4047,
6820
EC51-4070, EC51-4071, EC51-4072, EC51-404C, EC51-404D
6900 EC51-3000
6901 EC51-3001
6902 EC51-3006
Chapter 5
6910 EC59-3002
6911 EC59-3003
6920 EC51-3004
6921 EC51-3005
6930 EC51-3100
6931 EC51-3101
Chapter 6
6932 EC51-3102
6933 EC51-3103
6940 EC51-3104
6941 EC51-3105
6942 EC51-3106
6943 EC51-3107
Chapter 7
6944 EC51-3108
6945 EC51-3109
6946 EC51-3110
7001 EC54-401A
7003 EC54-405A
7004 EC54-405B
Chapter 8
7050 EC51-5001
7051 EC51-5002
7052 EC51-5003
5-3. Error Code 159

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1

8200 EC24-4049, EC24-404A, EC24-404B
9000 EC51-2F07
9110 EC52-4038, EC52-4039
B20A EC03-403A
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
160 5-3. Error Code

SM-18001E-00
CHAPTER 6
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY
6-1. Introduction……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 164

Notes on disassembly and reassembly…………………………………………………………………………………………………………164
How to use this manual………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………166
How to read the flowchart……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………167
How to use the flowchart……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………168
Explanation of Symbols………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………170
6-2. Disassembly and Reassembly…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 171
Index by Parts Names…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………171
1. COVERS……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………176
2. MAIN PCB COVER……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………184
3. LEFT SIDE (PF ENCODER UNIT / PF MOTOR UNIT)……………………………………………………………………………………186
4. INK SUPPLY UNIT (LEFT)……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………194
5. TOP COVER (EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT / CUTTER UNIT)…………………………………………………………………………202
6. FRONT (WASTE INK BOX UNIT / SUCTION FAN UNIT)………………………………………………………………………………214
7. MAIN PCB UNIT / POWER SUPPLY UNIT / HARD DISK DRIVE………………………………………………………………………224
8. ROLL COVER, ROLL PRESET UNIT (LEFT)……………………………………………………………………………………………………230
9. ROLL COVER, ROLL PRESET UNIT (RIGHT)…………………………………………………………………………………………………240
10. PAPER FEED UNIT (PINCH ROLLER UNIT / PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT)………………………………………………………250
11. INK SUPPLY UNIT (RIGHT)………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………264
12. RIGHT SIDE (PURGE UNIT)………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………272
13. FRONT MIST DUCT UNIT…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………286
14. CARRIAGE (1)…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………292
15. CARRIAGE (2)…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………304
161
SM-18001E-00
16. CARRIAGE (3)…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………312
17. MAIN HARNESS………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………328
18. Ink Draining……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………340
162
SM-18001E-00
163
SM-18001E-00

Chapter 1
6-1. Introduction
This chapter gives procedures for disassembling and reassembling the printer.
After failure diagnostics, the service technician is requested to follow the instructions in this chapter to
replace a faulty unit.
Each procedure is based on 36” model, and 24” model information is added when necessary.
Chapter 2
Harnesses, wire saddles, and edge saddles are subject to change without notice.
Notes on disassembly and reassembly

General notes:
Chapter 3
1. Before disassembly or reassembly, be sure to unplug the power cord for the safety purpose.
2. Before disassembly or reassembly, remove the paper from the printer.
3. When draining ink into the sub tank or disconnecting the ink tube, be cautious not to drop ink or smear
the units and surroundings with ink.
4. Adjustment or counter resetting is required for some of the parts after they are assembled. Be sure
to perform the specified adjustment or counter resetting at the end of assembly. (Counter resetting is
Chapter 4
specifically mentioned in the applicable disassembly procedures.)

5. In reassembling the unit, make sure to use the proper screw (length and diameter).
6. DO NOT make the printer operate with a part or unit removed in principle.
7. Before handling the circuit board, touch the metal part of the printer to discharge static electricity and
protect the board from damaged due to static electricity.
Chapter 5
8. Before replacing the circuit board, unplug the AC power cord from the printer and wait for three minutes
or longer to ensure discharge of electricity from the board.
9. Tighten the screw cautiously not to apply any extra power. Screwing too tight or too strong will break or
deform the screw hole.
10. For works where you can get ink smearing, it is recommended to put on vinyl gloves.
Chapter 6
11. When placing a removed print head, keep the face surface free from contacting anything.
Never place the print head with the face surface facing down.
12. When the print head is removed or it is uncapped during the work, it is recommended to perform Print
Head Cleaning at the end of the work (reassembly).
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
164 6-1. Introduction

SM-18001E-00
Units that are not allowed to be disassembled:
Chapter 1
The unit that is fixed with a red screw cannot be adjusted in the field, thus it must not be disassembled.
If the red screw is loosened or removed, the printer will not be able to operate or print properly.
DO NOT loosen or remove the red screw.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
6-1. Introduction 165

SM-18001E-00
How to use this manual
Chapter 1
Points:
Each section consists of “disassembly flowchart and illustration” and “detailed procedures.”
With the part name in the flowchart and the part illustration, you will be able to have a quick look at the
shortest way to reach the target part.
To assemble the unit, follow the disassembly procedures in reverse order unless otherwise specified.
Chapter 2
For the disassembly and reassembly procedure of “cover”, detailed procedure is described in the section “1.
Covers”. When a “cover” appears in procedures, only the parts name of the cover to be removed is described
in procedure sequence.
Disassembly flowchart:
Chapter 3
・・ The steps to remove the target part are shown in the simple diagram.
・・ Only the service parts names given in the flowchart.
Illustration:
・・ Each group of parts corresponding to the one in the disassembly flowchart is shown.
Chapter 4
・・ The service parts are indicated in the color white.

Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
How to read the flowchart
Chapter 1
Legend:
<Example>
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
: Part name.
: Adjustment in the service mode is necessary when this part is attached.
This counter needs to be reset when the part is replaced.

:
Reset the listed counter(s).
Chapter 6
: Group in the detailed procedures.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
How to use the flowchart
Chapter 1
Each flowchart starts from the first step of disassembly with the printer standing still. Go through the
flowchart from the top to the target part.
Multiple parts in the same frame mean that they are handled as a unit.
<Example>
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Example 1) To remove COVER, INKTANK BACK:

Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Example 2) To remove COVER, INKTANK L INSIDE:
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Example 3) To remove HARNESS ASS’Y, TANKLED L RLY:
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Example 4) To remove INK SUPPLY TANK HOLDER UNIT L:
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Explanation of Symbols
Chapter 1
Symbols Meanings Symbols Meanings
Remove the RS screw. Remove the claw.

Chapter 2
Remove the TP screw. Release the hook.
Remove the binding head screw. Release the boss.

Chapter 3
Remove the toothed lock washer screw. Release the tab.
Remove the double washer SEMS screw. Remove the split lock washer.
Chapter 4
Remove the shoulder screw. Remove the toothed lock washer.
Remove the hexagon socket head screw. Remove the E-clip retaining ring.
Loosen the screw. Check visually.

Chapter 5
Tighten the screw. Disconnect the connector.
Remove the bundle cable or bundle wire

from the cable
Chapter 6
Description of screw characteristics. guide, the edging saddle, or the wire

saddle.
Black screw = BK The following four wiring tools are used

Long screw = LONG for wiring harnesses.
In this manual, these tools are described
BK LONG in the abbreviations as follows:
Chapter 7
Edging saddle = [E]

Nickel-plated = Ni-plated Wire saddle = [W]
Cable guide = [G]
Ni-plated
Reuse band = [R]
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
6-2. Disassembly and Reassembly
Index by Parts Names

Parts names and where to find them in the disassembly and reassembly procedures are listed below.
With regard to the individual electric component (such as motors, sensors, and switches), instead of the
Chapter 2
component name itself, the name of the unit where the applicable component is used is given in the list (the
component name is in the parentheses under the unit name).
Printer
Disassembly & Reassembly
Part Name Procedures Remarks
Chapter 3
Title Group
ABSORBER, CAP 12 F-1
ACTIVE ROLL BRAKE MOTOR
8 C
(MOTOR UNIT, W/ENCODER)
AIR DAMPER UNIT 8 E
BACKUP PCB UNIT 7 D
BASE, FLEXIBLE CABLE 16 E
Chapter 4
BASE1, ROLL PRESET L 8 D
BASE2, ROLL PRESET L 8 D
BELT, CARRIAGE 16 F-1
BELT, PAPER TRANSPORT 3 D
BUSH, LF SIDE 10 E-1
CABLE, USB RELAY 17 B-2 HDD included model
CAP, ROLL SIDE R 9 C
CAP, SIDE 14 A
Chapter 5
CAP1, ROLL COVER RIGHT 8 A
CAP2, ROLL COVER RIGHT 9 C
CAP3, ROLL COVER RIGHT 9 C
CARRIAGE ENCODER PCB UNIT 16 F-2
CARRIAGE LIFT SENSOR
16 F-3
(IC, PHOTO INTERRUPTER)
CARRIAGE MOTOR
15 C
Chapter 6
(MOTOR, DC)
CARRIAGE UNIT 16 F
COUPLING, CARRIAGE 16 F-3
COUPLING, CR LIFT DRIVE 12 C-2
8 G-2
COVER SUPPORT
9 E-2
COVER UNIT, FRONT L 1 -
Chapter 7
COVER UNIT, FRONT R 1 -

COVER UNIT, INK TANK L 1 -
COVER UNIT, INK TANK R 1 -
COVER UNIT, SIDE L 1 -
COVER UNIT, SIDE R 1 -
COVER UNIT, TOP 1 -
COVER UNIT, TOP L 1 -
COVER UNIT, TOP R 1 -
Chapter 8
COVER, ARB GEAR 8 F-1

COVER, ENCODER SENSOR 16 F-2
COVER, GUIDE PAPER DELIVERY 6 A
COVER, LF ENCODER 3 B
6-2. Disassembly and Reassembly 171

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1

Title Group
COVER, MAINTENANCE CARTRIDGE 6 A
COVER, PI SENSOR, CR 16 F-3
COVER, REAR 1 -
CUT WASHER 8 F-2
CUTTER HOME POSITION SENSOR
Chapter 2
12 F-3
CUTTER MOTOR UNIT, W/ENCODER 5 C-1
CUTTER UNIT 5 C
DAMPER HOLDER UNIT R 9 A
DOUBLE GEAR, CR LIFT DRIVE 12 C-2
DOUBLE GEAR, CR LIFT2 12 C-2
EXHAUST MIST AIR PASS UNIT, HP 12 F-2
Chapter 3
EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT 5 B

FEED GUIDE UNIT (U) 10 A-3
FILM, TIMING SLIT DISK 3 C
FLANGE, PULLEY 3 C
FRONT MIST DUCT UNIT 13 E
GEAR, ARB 1 8 F
GEAR, ARB 2 8 F-2
GEAR, ARB 3 8 F-2
Chapter 4
GEAR, CR COUPLING 12 C-2

GEAR, IS DRIVE 8 F-2
GEAR, MANUAL PR RELEASE 10 C
GUIDE LOWER UNIT 10 A-1
GUIDE PAPER DELIVERY UNIT L 6 C-1 36” model
GUIDE PAPER DELIVERY UNIT R 6 C-1
GUIDE PAPER HOLD UNIT, W/SPUR 5 A-3
GUIDE, HARNESS, ROLL COVER HP 9 D-2
Chapter 5
GUIDE, PAPER LOWER L 8 B

GUIDE, PAPER LOWER R 9 B
GUIDE, UNDER PLATEN DUCT 6 D-1
HARNESS ASS’Y, HEAD MANAGEMENT 12 F-3
HARNESS ASS’Y, INLET 7 G
HARNESS ASS’Y, L 17 -
HARNESS ASS’Y, MTC 6 B-3
HARNESS ASS’Y, PANEL LVDS 9 F
Chapter 6
HARNESS ASS’Y, POWER SUPPLY 7 F

HARNESS ASS’Y, R 17 B-1
HARNESS ASS’Y, TANK R RLY 17 B-3
HARNESS ASS’Y, TOP COVER 12 B
HDD CABLE ASS’Y 7 C HDD included model
HARD DISK
7 B-2 HDD included model
(HDD, MQ01ABF050)
Chapter 7
HEAD LEVER UNIT 14 D

HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT 12 F-2
HOLDER, FLEXIBLE CABLE 16 E
HOLDER, LF BACK UP 10 E-2
HOLDER, SPOOL IN L 8 H
HOLDER, SPOOL IN R 9 F
IDLE GEAR, LIFT 12 C-2
IDLER PULLEY ASS’Y 16 C
Chapter 8
INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT L 4 A Left

INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT R 11 A Right
INK TANK PCB UNIT 4 B Left
172 6-2. Disassembly and Reassembly

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Title Group
INK TANK PCB UNIT 11 B Right
INK TUBE UNIT 14 B
JOINT LEVER B 14 B
LEFT CHOKE VALVE POSITION SENSOR
4 C-2 Left
Chapter 2
LEFT INK VALVE MOTOR
4 C-1 Left
LEFT TANK COVER SWITCH
3 A
(DETECT MICRO SWITCH)
LEVER, DETECT SENSOR 5 A-1
LEVER, TUBE 14 C-1
LF CODEWHEEL COVER UNIT 3 C
Chapter 3
LIFT MOTOR
12 C-2
MAIN PCB UNIT 7 B-1
MCG GUIDE UNIT 6 B
MULTI SENSOR UNIT 14 C-2
OPERATION PANEL UNIT 1 -
PAPER ENTRY SENSOR
Chapter 4
10 A-2
(PHOTO-INTERRUPTER)
PAPER FEED ENCODER UNIT 3 B
PAPER FEED MOTOR UNIT 3 D
PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT 10 E
PAPER GUIDE ROLLER UNIT 10 A-3
PINCH ROLLER UNIT 10 C
PLATEN UNIT, TOP A 5 A-2
PLATEN UNIT, TOP AWAY 5 A-2
Chapter 5
PLATEN UNIT, TOP B 5 A-2
PLATEN UNIT, TOP C 5 A-2 36” model
PLATEN, UNDER 5 C-2
POWER SUPPLY UNIT 7 E
PURGE UNIT 12 F
RAIL, SPOOL, LEFT 8 G-1
RAIL, SPOOL, RIGHT 9 E-1
Chapter 6
RELEASE LEVER SWITCH
12 C-3
RELEASE LEVER UNIT 10 B
RIGHT CHOKE VALVE POSITION SENSOR
11 C-2 Right
RIGHT INK VALVE MOTOR
11 C-1 Right
Chapter 7
RIGHT TANK COVER SWITCH

12 A
ROLL COVER UNIT 8 A
ROLL PRESET UNIT R 9 C
ROM BOARD UNIT 6 B-2
SCALE, LINEAR 15 B
SENSOR, HUMIDITY 12 C-1
SHAFT, RELEASE 10 C
Chapter 8
SPRING, COMPRESSION 16 F-5

SPRING, COMPRESSION 16 C
SPRING, COMPRESSION 12 C-2
6-2. Disassembly and Reassembly 173

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1

Title Group
SPRING, HEAD LEVER 14 D
SPRING, PLATE, PULLEY 16 C
SPRING, TENSION 10 B
F-3
SPRING, TENSION 16
F-4
Chapter 2
SPRING, TENSION 15 B
SPRING, TENSION 3 D
SPRING, TORSION 8 E
SPRING, TORSION 9 A
SPRING, TORSION 10 C
SPRING, TUBE LEVER 14 B
SUCTION FAN UNIT 6 C-3
Chapter 3
TOP COVER SENSOR

5 A-1
USB HOST PCB ASS’Y 9 D-1 HDD included model
WASTE INK BOX UNIT, BP 6 C-2 36” model
WASTE INK BOX UNIT, CENTER 6 B-1
WASTE INK BOX UNIT, HP 6 C-3
WIRELESS LAN FFC UNIT 12 E
WIRELESS LAN UNIT 12 C-1
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
174 6-2. Disassembly and Reassembly

SM-18001E-00
175
SM-18001E-00
6-2. Disassembly and Reassembly
1. COVERS
1. COVERS
SM-18001E-00
176
177
SM-18001E-00
1. COVERS
1. Open [1] COVER UNIT, INK TANK L.
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
2. Remove [1] COVER UNIT, TOP L.

[2] [3] [4]
1x 2x 3x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
3. Open [1] COVER UNIT, INK TANK R.

Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
178 1. COVERS
SM-18001E-00
4. Remove [1] COVER UNIT, TOP R.
Chapter 1
[2] [3] [4]
1x 2x 3x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
5. Open [1] roll cover, and remove [2] COVER, REAR.
[3] [4]
Chapter 4
24” model 3x 3x
36” model 4x 4x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
1. COVERS 179
SM-18001E-00
6. Remove [1] COVER UNIT, SIDE L.
Chapter 1
[2] [3] [4]
5x 2x 3x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
7. Remove [1] COVER UNIT, FRONT L.

[2] [3]
1x 2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
180 1. COVERS
SM-18001E-00
8. Remove [1] COVER UNIT, TOP.
Chapter 1
[2] [3]
24” model 6x 3x
Chapter 2
36” model 7x 3x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
9. Remove [1] OPERATION PANEL UNIT.
[2] [3] [4]
2x 1x 2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Notes when assembling the unit

Chapter 7
Perform adjustment at the end of assembly.

[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > TOUCH PANEL CALIBRATION]
Chapter 8
1. COVERS 181
SM-18001E-00
10. Remove [1] COVER UNIT, SIDE R.
Chapter 1
[2] [3] [4]
4x 2x 3x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
11. Remove [1] COVER UNIT, FRONT R.

Chapter 4
[2] [3]
1x 2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
182 1. COVERS
SM-18001E-00
12. Remove [1] COVER UNIT INK TANK L.
Chapter 1
[2]
4x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
13. Remove [1] COVER UNIT INK TANK R.
Chapter 4
[2]
4x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
1. COVERS 183
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
2. MAIN PCB COVER
1. Remove [1] main PCB cover (including GUIDE LOWER UNIT).

[2]
Chapter 2
17x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
184 2. MAIN PCB COVER

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
·· When removing [1] main PCB cover (including GUIDE LOWER UNIT), hold part [A].
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
·· When attaching [1] main PCB cover (including GUIDE LOWER UNIT), put the cover over the
protrusion [A] at the left side and protrusion [B] at the right side.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
2. MAIN PCB COVER 185

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
3. LEFT SIDE (PF ENCODER UNIT / PF MOTOR UNIT)

Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
186 3. LEFT SIDE (PF ENCODER UNIT / PF MOTOR UNIT)

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
COVERS
1. Open COVER UNIT, INK TANK L.
2. Remove COVER UNIT, TOP L
Chapter 2
1. Remove [1] LEFT TANK COVER SWITCH.
[2] [3]
Chapter 3
1x 2x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
3. LEFT SIDE (PF ENCODER UNIT / PF MOTOR UNIT) 187

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
COVERS
6. Remove COVER UNIT, SIDE L.
B
Chapter 2
1. Remove [1] COVER, LF ENCODER.

[2] [3] [4] [G]
1x 2x 2x 1x
Chapter 3
2. Remove [5] LF CODEWHEEL COVER UNIT.

[6]
Chapter 4
2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] PAPER FEED ENCODER UNIT.
Chapter 1
[2] [3] [4]
1x 1x 2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
[SERVICE MODE > TIMING SLIT DISK > ADJUSTMENT > LF ENC ADJ]
Notes when the unit is replaced

Reset the counter when the unit is replaced.
[SERVICE MODE > PARTS COUNTER > LFS1]
Chapter 5
C
1. Remove all the parts in the procedure B.
2. Remove [1] FILM, TIMING SLIT DISK.
Chapter 6
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > LF TUNING]
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [2] FLANGE, PULLEY.
Chapter 1
Chapter 2

Chapter 3

D
Chapter 4
2. Remove [1] BELT, PAPER TRANSPORT.

[2]
2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
1. Attach [1] BELT, PAPER TRANSPORT.
Turn the pulley clockwise and counterclockwise one time each to confirm that the belt
does not come off and it is flat and straight on the pulley.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Caution
DO NOT touch [1] SPRING, TENSION, [2] BELT, PAPER TRANSPORT, and [3] PAPER FEED
MOTOR UNIT until after the screws are tightened.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
2. Tighten [1] two screws in the order of numbers below.
Chapter 6
[1]
2x
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] SPRING, TENSION.
Chapter 1
4. Remove [2] PAPER FEED MOTOR UNIT.

[3] [4]
Chapter 2
1x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
193
SM-18001E-00
3. LEFT SIDE (PF ENCODER UNIT / PF MOTOR UNIT)
4. INK SUPPLY UNIT (LEFT)

SM-18001E-00
194
195
SM-18001E-00
Drain ink (See “18. Ink Draining”)
Chapter 1
COVERS
2. Remove COVER UNIT, TOP L.
Chapter 2
3. Open COVER UNIT, INK TANK R.

4. Remove COVER UNIT, TOP R.
5. Open roll cover and remove COVER, REAR.
7. Remove COVER UNIT, FRONT L.
Chapter 3
8. Remove COVER UNIT, TOP

TO.P
A
1. Remove [1] tube joint.
Chapter 4
[W] [G]
1x 2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
196 4. INK SUPPLY UNIT (LEFT)

SM-18001E-00
Notes when removing the unit
Chapter 1
Wrap the joint in [1] paper towel, etc., put them in [2] a plastic bag, and close the bag.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Notes when assembling INK TUBE UNIT
Make sure that the ink tube and the joint are firmly inserted till the back of the guide.
2. Remove [1] INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT L.
Chapter 4
[2] [3] [4] [W] [G]
3x 2x 1x 2x 1x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
4. INK SUPPLY UNIT (LEFT) 197

SM-18001E-00
B
Chapter 1
1. Remove all the parts in the procedure A.

2. Remove [1] harness and [2] tube from the guide.
[3] [G]
Chapter 2
2x 4x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
3. Remove [1] tank holder.

[2]
Chapter 5
4x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
4. Remove [1] pin cover.
Chapter 1
[2] [3]
3x 2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
5. Remove [1] INK TANK PCB UNIT.
Chapter 4
[2]
2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
C
Chapter 1

2. Remove [1] ink supply drive unit.
[2] [3] [4] [G]
Chapter 2
2x 3x 2x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
C-1
3. Remove [1] valve gear A and [2] valve gear B.
Chapter 5
[3]
1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
4. Remove [1] LEFT INK VALVE MOTOR.
Chapter 1
[2]
BK
Chapter 2
2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
C-2
3. Remove [1] LEFT CHOKE VALVE POSITION SENSOR.
[2]
Chapter 5
4x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
5. TOP COVER (EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT / CUTTER UNIT)

Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
202 5. TOP COVER (EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT / CUTTER UNIT)

SM-18001E-00
203
SM-18001E-00
5. TOP COVER (EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT / CUTTER UNIT)
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2
5. Open roll cover, and remove COVER, REAR.

8. Remove COVER UNIT, TOP.
A
Chapter 3
A-1
1. Remove [1] LEVER, DETECT SENSOR.
[2]
Chapter 4
2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
COVERS
9. Remove OPERATION PANEL UNIT.
2. Remove [1] TOP COVER SENSOR.

[2] [3]
Chapter 2
4x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
A-2
1. Remove [1] PLATEN UNIT, TOP AWAY, [2] PLATEN UNIT, TOP C, [3] PLATEN UNIT, TOP B, and [4] PLATEN
Chapter 5
UNIT, TOP A.
PLATEN UNIT, TOP
AWAY [1] C [2] B [3] A [4]
Chapter 6
4x 14x 16x 12x
24” model ○ - ○ ○
36” model ○ ○ ○ ○ Chapter 7
Chapter 8
5. TOP COVER (EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT / CUTTER UNIT) 205

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1

[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > CR REG]
A-3
1. Remove [1] GUIDE PAPER HOLD UNIT, W/SPUR.
Chapter 2
[2] [3]
3x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4

When installing, check [1] cutter blade unit and [2] spur holder are seated at proper position,
and make sure that [3] spur part is wholly lifted up.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
B
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2
1. Remove [1] plate.
[2] [3] [4] [W] [E]
Chapter 3
1x 2x 4x 4x 1x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
2. Remove [1] EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT.
[2] [3] [E] [G]
Chapter 6
1x 3x 1x 3x
Chapter 7

Chapter 8

[SERVICE MODE > PARTS COUNTER > Mi1]

SM-18001E-00
C
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2
1. Open [1] COVER, MAINTENANCE CARTRIDGE.

Chapter 3
Chapter 4
2. Remove [1] COVER, GUIDE PAPER DELIVERY.

[2] [3]
Chapter 5
1x 1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] paper delivery unit.
Chapter 1
(36" model)
[2] [3]
Chapter 2
2x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
(24" model)
[2] [3]
1x 2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
4. Remove three screws each at three [1] PLATEN, UNDER, (for 24” model, two [1] PLATEN, UNDER.)
Chapter 1
[2]
3 each
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
5. Remove [1] cutter blade unit.

Chapter 4
[2]
1x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
6. Remove [1] CUTTER UNIT.
Chapter 1
[2] [3] [G]
1x 2x 1x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
C-1
7. Remove [1] motor cover unit.
Chapter 5
[2]
2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
8. Remove [1] motor cover.
Chapter 1
[2] [3]
1x 2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
9. Remove [1] CUTTER MOTOR UNIT, W/ENCODER.

Chapter 4
[2]
2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
C-2
Chapter 1
7. Remove three [1] PLATEN, UNDER. (For 24” model, two PLATEN, UNDER.)
[2]
Chapter 2
2 each
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
6. FRONT (WASTE INK BOX UNIT / SUCTION FAN UNIT)

Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
214 6. FRONT (WASTE INK BOX UNIT / SUCTION FAN UNIT)

SM-18001E-00
215
SM-18001E-00
6. FRONT (WASTE INK BOX UNIT / SUCTION FAN UNIT)
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2
A
1. Remove [1] COVER, MAINTENANCE CARTRIDGE.
[2]
Chapter 3
2x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5

[2] [3]
Chapter 6
1x 1x
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
(36” model)
[2] [3]
Chapter 2
2x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
(24” model)
[2] [3]
1x 2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
6. FRONT (WASTE INK BOX UNIT / SUCTION FAN UNIT) 217

SM-18001E-00
B
Chapter 1

2. Remove [1] maintenance cartridge, and remove [2] MCG GUIDE UNIT.
[3] [4] [G]
Chapter 2
1x 2x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4

[SERVICE MODE > PARTS COUNTER > WF1]
3. Remove [1] tube, and remove [2] MCG joint unit.

Chapter 5
[3] [G]
1x 1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7

Wrap the tube end and joint part in paper towel, etc., to prevent ink from leaking.
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
B-1
Chapter 1
4. Remove [1] WASTE INK BOX UNIT, CENTER.
[2] [3]
Chapter 2
3x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
[SERVICE MODE > PARTS COUNTER > Wia5]
B-2
4. Remove [2] ROM BOARD UNIT from [1] MCG GUIDE UNIT.
Chapter 5
[3] [4] [5]
1x 1x 2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
B-3
Chapter 1
4. Remove [1] HARNESS ASS’Y, MTC.

[2] [G]
Chapter 2
1x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
C
C-1
Chapter 5
2. Remove [1] GUIDE PAPER DELIVERY UNIT R.

[2] [3]
6x 6x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
(36” model)
Chapter 1
3. Remove [1] GUIDE PAPER DELIVERY UNIT L.
[2] [3]
Chapter 2
4x 4x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
C-2 (36" model)
2. Remove [1] WASTE INK BOX UNIT, BP.
[2] [3]
Chapter 5
3x 2x
Chapter 6

Chapter 7

Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
C-3
Chapter 1
2. Remove [1] SUCTION FAN UNIT.

[2] [3] [4] [G]
Chapter 2
1x 1x 2x 2x
Chapter 3

Chapter 4

3. Remove [1] WASTE INK BOX UNIT, HP.

[2] [3]
Chapter 5
1x 2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7

Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
D
Chapter 1
1. Remove all the parts in the procedure A, B, and C.
D-1
(36” model)
Chapter 2
2. Remove [1] GUIDE UNDER PLATEN DUCT.
[2] [3] [4]
2x 1x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
D-2
Chapter 5
2. Remove [1] GUIDE UNDER PLATEN DUCT.
[2] [3] [4]
Chapter 6
2x 1x 1x
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
7. MAIN PCB UNIT / POWER SUPPLY UNIT / HARD DISK DRIVE

Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
224 7. MAIN PCB UNIT / POWER SUPPLY UNIT / HARD DISK DRIVE
SM-18001E-00
A
Chapter 1
1. Remove [1] main PCB cover (including GUIDE LOWER UNIT). (See “2. MAIN PCB COVER”)
B
Chapter 2
(HDD included model)
2. Remove [1] the bracket (with the HARD DISK).
[2] [3] [4]
Chapter 3
2x 2x 1x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
B-1
3. Remove [1] MAIN PCB UNIT.
[2] [3] [4]
Chapter 6
BK
30x 4x 3x
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
7. MAIN PCB UNIT / POWER SUPPLY UNIT / HARD DISK DRIVE 225
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1

[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > LF ENC ADJ]
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > UPPER ARB CALIB]
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > TOUCH PANEL CALIBRATION]
B-2
Chapter 2
3. Remove [1] the HARD DISK.

[2]
Chapter 3
4x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
C
(HDD included model)

2. Remove [1] HDD CABLE ASS’Y.
Chapter 6
[2]
4x
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
D
Chapter 1
2. Remove [1] BACKUP PCB UNIT.
[2] [3]
Chapter 2
1x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
E
2. Remove [1] POWER SUPPLY UNIT.
[2] [3]
Chapter 5
2x 4x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
F
Chapter 1

2. Remove [1] HARNESS ASS’Y, POWER SUPPLY.
(36” model)
Chapter 2
[2] [W]
2x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
(24” model)
[2] [W]
Chapter 5
2x 1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
G
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2
2. Remove [1] HARNESS ASS’Y, INLET.
Chapter 3
[2] [3] [4] [5]
1x 2x 1x 1x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
8. ROLL COVER, ROLL PRESET UNIT (LEFT)

Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
230 8. ROLL COVER, ROLL PRESET UNIT (LEFT)

SM-18001E-00
231
SM-18001E-00
8. ROLL COVER, ROLL PRESET UNIT (LEFT)
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2

10. Remove COVER UNIT, SIDE R.
A
Chapter 3
1. Open [1] ROLL COVER UNIT, and remove [2] CAP1, ROLL COVER RIGHT.
[3]
Chapter 4
3x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
2. Remove [1] roll cover R.
Chapter 1
[2] [3]
Ni-plated
Chapter 2
2x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
3. Remove [1] ROLL COVER UNIT.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
8. ROLL COVER, ROLL PRESET UNIT (LEFT) 233

SM-18001E-00
B
Chapter 1
2. Remove [1] GUIDE, PAPER LOWER L.

[2] [3]
Chapter 2
2x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
C
2. Remove [1] ACTIVE ROLL BRAKE MOTOR.
Chapter 5
[2] [3]
BK
Chapter 6
2x 1x
Chapter 7

Chapter 8

[SERVICE MODE > PARTS COUNTER > PL1]

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > UPPER ARB CALIB]
D
1. Remove [1] BASE1, ROLL PRESET L, and remove [2] BASE2, ROLL PRESET L.
Chapter 2
[3] [4]
2x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
E
Chapter 5
2. Remove [1] SPRING, TORSION.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] AIR DAMPER UNIT.
Chapter 1
[2] [3]
3x 1x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
F
Chapter 4
1. Remove all the parts in the procedure A and E.

2. Remove [1] GEAR, ARB 1.
Chapter 5
F-1
Chapter 6
3. Remove [1] COVER, ARB GEAR.

[2]
Chapter 7
1x
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
F-2
Chapter 1
3. Remove [1] GEAR, IS DRIVE.
[2]
Chapter 2
1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
G
G-1
1. Remove [1] RAIL, SPOOL, LEFT.
[2] [3]
Chapter 2
2x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
G-2
1. Remove [1] COVER SUPPORT.
[2] [3]
Chapter 5
1x 2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
H
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2
1. Remove all the parts in the procedure A, B, D, E, and G.
2. Remove [1] HOLDER, SPOOL IN L.
[2] [3] [4] [5]
Chapter 3
3x 1x 1x 3x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
9. ROLL COVER, ROLL PRESET UNIT (RIGHT)

Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
240 9. ROLL COVER, ROLL PRESET UNIT (RIGHT)

SM-18001E-00
241
SM-18001E-00
9. ROLL COVER, ROLL PRESET UNIT (RIGHT)
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2

A
Chapter 3
1. Open [1] ROLL COVER UNIT, and remove [2] CAP1, ROLL COVER RIGHT.
[3]
Chapter 4
3x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
2. Remove [1] roll cover R.
Chapter 1
[2] [3]
Ni-plated
Chapter 2
2x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
3. Remove [1] ROLL COVER UNIT.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
9. ROLL COVER, ROLL PRESET UNIT (RIGHT) 243

SM-18001E-00
5. Remove [1] DAMPER HOLDER UNIT R.
Chapter 1
[2] [3]
3x 1x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
B
Chapter 4
2. Remove [1] GUIDE, PAPER LOWER R.

[2] [3]
Chapter 5
2x 2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
C
Chapter 1
1. Remove [1] CAP2, ROLL COVER RIGHT and [2] CAP3, ROLL COVER RIGHT.
[3] [4]
Chapter 2
1x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
2. Push down [1] RELEASE LEVER UNIT, and remove [2] CAP, ROLL SIDE R.
[3] [4]
Chapter 5
2x 2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] ROLL PRESET UNIT R.
Chapter 1
[2] [3]
2x 2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
D
Chapter 4
1. Remove all the parts in the procedure C.
D-1
2. Remove [1] USB HOST PCB ASS'Y.
Chapter 5
[2] [3] [4]
1x 1x 1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
D-2
Chapter 1
2. Release harness from [G] guide, and remove [1] GUIDE, HARNESS, ROLL COVER HP.
[2] [3] [G]
Chapter 2
2x 2x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
E
E-1
1. Remove [1] RAIL, SPOOL, RIGHT.
[2] [3]
Chapter 5
2x 1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
E-2
Chapter 1
1. Remove [1] COVER SUPPORT.

[2] [3]
Chapter 2
1x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
F
COVERS
Chapter 5
1. Remove all the parts in the procedure A, B, C, and E.

2. Remove [1] HOLDER, SPOOL IN R.
[2] [3] [4]
Chapter 6
4x 3x 4x
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] HARNESS ASS'Y PANEL LVDS.
Chapter 1
[2] [W] [E] [G]
1x 1x 2x 3x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
10. PAPER FEED UNIT (PINCH ROLLER UNIT / PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT)
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
250 10. PAPER FEED UNIT (PINCH ROLLER UNIT / PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT)
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
10. PAPER FEED UNIT (PINCH ROLLER UNIT / PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT) 251
SM-18001E-00
A
Chapter 1
A-1
2. Remove three [1] GUIDE LOWER UNIT. (for 24" model, two [1] GUIDE LOWER UNIT)
Chapter 2
[2]
2 each
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
A-2
Chapter 5
2. Remove [1] harness guide (including PHOTO-INTERRUPTER).

[2] [3] [4] [G]
2x 1x 2x 1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] PAPER ENTRY SENSOR.
Chapter 1
[2]
4x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
A-3
Chapter 4
COVERS
2. Remove three [1] FEED GUIDE UNIT (U) (for 24" model, two [1] FEED GUIDE UNIT)
Chapter 5
[2] [3]
1 each 2 each
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
3. Remove nine [1] PAPER GUIDE ROLLER UNIT (for 24" model, six [1] PAPER GUIDE ROLLER UNIT)
Chapter 1
[2] [3] [4]
1 each 1 each 2 each

Chapter 2
Chapter 3
B
Chapter 4
COVERS
9. Removwe OPERATION PANEL UNIT.
Chapter 5
1. Remove [1] plate. (including lift drive unit)

[2] [3] [4] [5] [E] [G]
Chapter 6
2x 2x 2x 1x 1x 1x
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
2. Remove [1] SPRING, TENSION, and remove [2] RELEASE LEVER UNIT.
Chapter 1
[3]
2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Notes when RELEASE LEVER UNIT is replaced
When RELEASE LEVER UNIT is replaced, apply grease to [1] portions specified below
Chapter 4
·· FLOIL G-31KB, 9 to 18 mg
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Attach with aligning [A] notch of release lever gear and [B] protrusion of GEAR, MANUAL PR
RELEASE. Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
C
Chapter 1
1. Remove all the parts in the procedure A-3 and B.

2. Remove [1] SHAFT, RELEASE and [2] GEAR, MANUAL PR RELEASE.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Notes when SHAFT, RELEASE is replaced

When SHAFT, RELEASE is replaced, apply glease to [1] sliding portion of PAPER GUIDE ROLLER
UNIT.
·· FLOIL KG-51K3 9～18mg
Chapter 4
Chapter 5

Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
4. Remove nine [1] PINCH ROLLER UNIT. (for 24" model, six [1] PINCH ROLLER UNIT)
Chapter 1
[2]
2 each
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Notes when PINCH ROLLER UNIT is replaced
When replacing PINCH ROLLER UNIT, apply grease to [1] portions specified below
Chapter 4
·· FLOIL G-31KB, 9 to 18 mg
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
D
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2

[2] [3] [4] [G]
Chapter 3
1x 2x 2x 1x
[6]
Chapter 4
2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] PAPER FEED ENCODER UNIT.
Chapter 1
[2] [3] [4]
1x 1x 2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > LF ENC ADJ]

Chapter 5
4. Remove [1] BELT, PAPER TRANSPORT.
[2]
Chapter 6
2x
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1

The PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT needs to be adjusted after it is attached.
Perform the following when the unit is attached:
1. Attach [1] BELT, PAPER TRANSPORT.
Turn the pulley clockwise and counterclockwise one time each to confirm that the belt
Chapter 2
does not come off and it is flat and straight on the pulley.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Caution
DO NOT touch [1] SPRING, TENSION, [2] BELT, PAPER TRANSPORT, and [3] PAPER FEED
MOTOR UNIT until after the screws are tightened.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
2. Tighten [1] two screws in the order of numbers.
Chapter 1
[1]
2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
3. Attach the FLANGE, PULLEY.
4. Attach the FILM, TIMING SLIT DISK.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
E
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2
1. Remove all the parts in the procedure A-3, B, C, and D.

2. Release the lock of [1] bushing, and remove PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT.
[3]
Chapter 3
1x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Notes when PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT is replaced

When PAPER FEED ROLLER UNIT is replaced, apply grease to [1] sliding portions of BUSH, LF
SIDE.
·· FLOIL KG-51K3 9 to 18mg
••Do not apply grease to pinch rollers, pinch roller holder, and roller coating surface.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
E-1
Chapter 1
3. Remove two [1] BUSH, LF SIDE.
[2]
Chapter 2
1 each
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
E-2
3. Remove eight [1] HOLDER, LF BACK UP. (for 24" model, five [1] HOLDER, LF BACK UP)
[2]
Chapter 5
1 each
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
11. INK SUPPLY UNIT (RIGHT)

SM-18001E-00
264
265
SM-18001E-00
Draining ink (See “18. Ink Draining”)
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2

Chapter 3
11. Remove COVER UNIT, FRONT R.
A
1. Remove [1] tube joint.
[G]
Chapter 4
4x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6

Chapter 7
Chapter 8
266 11. INK SUPPLY UNIT (RIGHT)

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Make sure that the ink tube and the joint are firmly inserted till the back of the guide.
2. Remove [1] INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT R.

[2] [3] [4] [W]
Chapter 2
3x 2x 1x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
B
Chapter 5
2. Remove [1] harness from the guide.
[2] [G]
Chapter 6
2x 4x
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
11. INK SUPPLY UNIT (RIGHT) 267

SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] tank holder.
Chapter 1
[2]
4x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
4. Remove [1] pin cover.

Chapter 4
[2] [3]
3x 2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
5. Remove [1] INK TANK PCB UNIT.
Chapter 1
[2]
2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
C
Chapter 4
2. Remove [1] ink supply drive unit.
[2] [3] [4] [G]
Chapter 5
2x 3x 2x 1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
C-1
Chapter 1
3. Remove [1] valve gear A and [2] valve gear B.

[3]
Chapter 2
1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
4. Remove [1] RIGHT INK VALVE MOTOR.

[2]
Chapter 5
BK
2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
C-2
Chapter 1
3. Remove [1] RIGHT CHOKE VALVE POSITION SENSOR.
[2]
Chapter 2
4x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
12. RIGHT SIDE (PURGE UNIT)

SM-18001E-00
272
273
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
COVERS
A
Chapter 2
1. Remove [1] RIGHT TANK COVER SWITCH.

[2] [3]
Chapter 3
1x 2x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
274 12. RIGHT SIDE (PURGE UNIT)

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2
1. remove [1] HARNESS ASS’Y, TOP COVER.
[2] [W] [E] [G]
2x 1x 1x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
12. RIGHT SIDE (PURGE UNIT) 275

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
COVERS
C
Chapter 2
C-1
1. Remove [1] SENSOR, HUMIDITY.
[2] [3]
Chapter 3
1x 1x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
2. Remove [1] WIRELESS LAN UNIT.

[2] [3] [4] [G]
Chapter 6
1x 1x 2x 1x
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
[2] [3]
1x 2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
C-2
Chapter 4
1. Remove [1] DOUBLE GEAR, CR LIFT DRIVE.
[2]
Chapter 5
1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
2. Remove [1] plate, and remove [2] GEAR, CR COUPLING, [3] COUPLING, CR LIFT DRIVE, [4] SPRING,
Chapter 1
COMPRESSION, [5] DOUBLE GEAR, CR LIFT2, and [6] IDLE GEAR, LIFT.
[7] [8]
Chapter 2
2x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
3. Remove [1] LIFT MOTOR.

[2] [3]
Chapter 5
BK
1x 2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
C-3
Chapter 1
1. Push down [1] RELEASE LEVER UNIT, and remove [2] RELEASE LEVER SWITCH.
[3] [4]
Chapter 2
2x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
D
1. Remove [1] plate (including lift drive unit).
[2] [3] [4] [5] [E] [G]
Chapter 5
2x 2x 2x 1x 1x 1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
E
Chapter 1
1. Remove all the parts in the procedure D.


Chapter 2
[2] [3]
2x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
4. Remove [1] WIRELESS LAN FFC UNIT.

[2] [3] [4] [G]
Chapter 5
3x 2x 2x 1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Release [2] FFC from [1] core, attach [3] guide of WIRELESS LAN FFC UNIT to the chassis, tighten
two [4] screw, and loop the FFC again.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
F
1. Remove all the parts in the procedure D.
2. Release [1] carriage lock.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Make sure that [1] cap is not contacting to [2] print head.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] tube of PURGE UNIT.
Chapter 1
[G]
1x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3

Wrap the tube end in paper towel, etc., to prevent ink from leaking.
Chapter 4
4. Remove [1] PURGE UNIT.

[2] [3] [4]
Chapter 5
2x 1x 2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Notes when the unit is replaced:

Reset the applicable counter when the unit is replaced.
[SERVICE MODE > PARTS COUNTER > PG1]
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
F-1
Chapter 1
5. Remove [1] ABSORBER, CAP.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
F-2
5. Remove [1] EXHAUST MIST AIR PASS UNIT HP and [2] HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT.
[3] [4] [5]
Chapter 4
1x 4x 3x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > NOZZLE CHK POS]
Chapter 7

[SERVICE MODE > PARTS COUNTER > HMa1]
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
F-3
Chapter 1
5. Remove [1] HARNESS ASS’ Y, HEAD MANAGEMENT.

[2] [W] [G]
Chapter 2
2x 1x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
6. Remove [1] cutter sensor holder.

[2] [3] [4] [W]
Chapter 5
1x 1x 2x 1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
7. Detach [2] CUTTER HOME POSITION SENSOR from [1] cutter sensor holder.
Chapter 1
[3] [4]
1x 4x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
13. FRONT MIST DUCT UNIT

SM-18001E-00
286
287
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2

Chapter 3

Chapter 4
A
1. Remove HOLDER, SPOOL IN R, following procedure A to F in “8. ROLL COVER, ROLL PRESET UNIT (LEFT)”.
B
1. Remove INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT L, following procedure A in“4. INK SUPPLY UNIT (LEFT)”.
Chapter 5
C
1. Remove INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT R, following procedure A in “11. INK SUPPLY UNIT (RIGHT)”.
Chapter 6
D
1. Remove EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT, following procedure B in “5. TOP COVER (EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT
/ CUTTER UNIT)”.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
288 13. FRONT MIST DUCT UNIT

SM-18001E-00
E
Chapter 1
1. Remove all the parts in the procedure A, B, C, and D.
2. Open [1] cover stay.
[2] [E]
Chapter 2
3x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
3. Remove [1] INK TUBE UNIT from guide.
[G]
Chapter 5
1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
13. FRONT MIST DUCT UNIT 289

SM-18001E-00
4. Remove [1] FRONT MIST DUCT UNIT.
Chapter 1
[2]
7x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
290 13. FRONT MIST DUCT UNIT

SM-18001E-00
291
SM-18001E-00
14. CARRIAGE (1)
14. CARRIAGE (1)

SM-18001E-00
292
293
SM-18001E-00
14. CARRIAGE (1)
Chapter 1
A
1. Remove [1] CAP, SIDE.
[2]
Chapter 2
1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
2. Open [1] access cover, and unlock [2] carriage lock.

Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
294 14. CARRIAGE (1)

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
COVERS
4. Open COVER UNIT, TOP R.
Chapter 2
3. Move [1] carriage unit manually to the print head replacement area.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
4. Take out [1] print head.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
14. CARRIAGE (1) 295

SM-18001E-00
B
Chapter 1

2. Remove [1] SPRING, TUBE LEVER, and remove [2] JOINT LEVER B.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
3. Remove [1] tube support.

[2] [3]
Chapter 4
1x 1x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
4. Remove [1] joint base.

Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Wrap the joint with [1] paper towels, put them in [2] a plastic bag, and close the bag.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
5. Remove [1] INK TUBE UNIT.
[2] [G]
Chapter 4
2x 3x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
·· Make sure that the ink tube and the joint are firmly inserted till the back of the guide.
·· When attaching INK TUBE UNIT, align [1] marking of INK TUBE UNIT to the right end of [2]
guide, and place the left end of [3] tape within 4mm from the left end of [4] tube guide.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4

The ink adhered on the joint portion when detaching the joint of INK TUBE UNIT might make
the joint become easy to come off. In this case, remove the adhered ink by washing with
alcohols.
Chapter 5

[SERVICE MODE > PARTS COUNTER > CR4]
C
Chapter 6
2. Remove [1] SPRING, TUBE LEVER, and remove [2] JOINT LEVER B.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
C-1
4. Remove [1] LEVER, TUBE.
[2]
Chapter 6
2x
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
C-2
Chapter 1
4. Remove [1] tube guide.

[2] [3]
Chapter 2
2x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
5. Remove [1] MULTI SENSOR UNIT.

[2] [3] [4]
Chapter 5
1x 1x 2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Notes when attaching the unit
Chapter 1
The unit must be attached straight. It must not be slanted or tilted.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > OPTICAL AXIS]
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > GAP CALIB.]
Reset the applicable counter when the unit is replaced:
Chapter 4
D
2. Close [1] HEAD LEVER UNIT, remove [2] SPRING, HEAD LEVER.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] HEAD LEVER UNIT.
[2]
2x
14. CARRIAGE (1)

SM-18001E-00
302
303
SM-18001E-00
14. CARRIAGE (1)
15. CARRIAGE (2)
15. CARRIAGE (2)

SM-18001E-00
304
305
SM-18001E-00
15. CARRIAGE (2)
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2

Chapter 3
A
[2] [3] [4] [W] [E]
Chapter 4
1x 2x 4x 4x 1x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
2. Remove [1] EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT.
Chapter 1
[2] [3] [E] [G]
1x 3x 1x 2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
[SERVICE MODE > PARTS COUNTER > Mi1]
B
2. Remove [1] SPRING, TENSION, and remove [2] SCALE, LINEAR.
Chapter 5
[3]
3x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
How to assemble
Chapter 1
1. Put [1] SCALE, LINEAR through [A] groove of the guide.

Chapter 2
Chapter 3
2. Put [1] SCALE, LINEAR through two [2] guide.

[3]
1x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
3. Attach [1] SPRING, TENSION and [2] SCALE, LINEAR.

Chapter 6
[3]
2x
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Keep SCALE, LINEAR free from any grease.
How to clean SCALE, LINEAR

·· Clean it with a dry cloth.
·· Clean it with pure water.
Chapter 2
·· Clean it with ethanol.
When cleaning SCALE, LINEAR seating in the printer, avoid applying any excessive power to the
SCALE, LINEAR.
Be sure to confirm the following at the end of cleaning:
Chapter 3
·· SCALE, LINEAR does not come off from the carriage encoder.
·· SCALE, LINEAR does not come off from the linear scale and it is properly positioned to the
plate.
Notes when replacing the unit
·· Keep SCALE, LINEAR free from any grease and dirt.
Chapter 4
·· Be careful with coming off from the encoder.
C
2. Unlock [1] carriage lock.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] BELT, CARRIAGE from the pully of the motor.
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
4. Remove [1] CARRIAGE MOTOR.

[2] [3]
1x 2x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5

Chapter 6
[SERVICE MODE > PARTS COUNTER > MT1]

Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
311
SM-18001E-00
15. CARRIAGE (2)
16. CARRIAGE (3)
16. CARRIAGE (3)

SM-18001E-00
312
313
SM-18001E-00
16. CARRIAGE (3)
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2

Chapter 3
A
Chapter 4
Chapter 5

Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3. Move [1] carriage unit manually to the print head replacement area.
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
B
Chapter 3
2. Remove [1] print head.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
3. Remove [1] SPRING, TENSION, and remove [2] JOINT LEVER B.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
4. Remove [1] tube support.
Chapter 1
[2] [3]
1x 1x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3

Chapter 4
Chapter 5

Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
6. Remove [2] tube unit from [1] tube guide.
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
·· Make sure that the ink tube and the joint are firmly inserted till the back of the guide.
·· When attaching INK TUBE UNIT, align [1] marking of INK TUBE UNIT to the right end of [2]
guide, and place the left end of [3] tape within 4mm from the left end of [4] tube guide.
C Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6

2. Remove [1] BELT, CARRIAGE from the pully of the motor.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] BELT, CARRIAGE from [2] pully of IDLER PULLEY ASS'Y.
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
4. Remove [1] IDLER PULLEY ASS'Y and [2] SPRING, COMPRESSION.

[3] [4]
1x 3x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
5. Remove [1] SPRING PLATE, PULLEY.

Chapter 6
[2] [3]
1x 2x
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
D
Chapter 1
1. Remove [1] plate (including lift drive unit).
[2] [3] [4] [5] [E] [G]
Chapter 2
2x 2x 2x 1x 1x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
[2] [3] [4]
Chapter 5
1x 1x 2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
E
Chapter 1

[2] [3]
Chapter 2
2x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
3. Remove [1] BASE, FLEXIBLE CABLE.

[2] [3]
Chapter 5
2x 2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
4. Remove [1] HOLDER, FLEXIBLE CABLE.
Chapter 1
[2] [3]
1x 2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
5. Remove [1] carriage FFC.
Chapter 4
[2] [G]
3x 2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
F
Chapter 1
1. Remove all the parts in the procedure A, B, C, D, and E.

2. Bundle [2] BELT, CARRIAGE on [1] CARRIAGE UNIT.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
3. Remove [1] CARRIAGE UNIT.

Chapter 4
Chapter 5

[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > OPTICAL AXIS]
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > GAP CALIB.]
Chapter 6
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > CR MOTOR COG]

Reset the applicable counter when the unit is replaced:
Chapter 7

Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
When replacing CARRIAGE UNIT, wipe the rail to both ways with the cleaner* (RAIL CLEANER
UNIT S)
which comes with the carriage unit box.
The cap attached to the cleaner needs to be removed before using it.
Chapter 2
*It is impregnated with oil.

·· Bundle BELT, CARRIAGE on carriage unit.
·· Fit [1] bushing of the carriage on [2] rail.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
·· Put [1] HOLDER, FLEXIBLE CABLE through under [A] flat cable.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
F-1
Chapter 1
4. Remove [1] BELT, CARRIAGE.

Chapter 2
Chapter 3
F-2
4. Remove [1] COVER, ENCODER SENSOR.
[2] [3]
Chapter 4
2x 2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
5. Remove [1] CARRIAGE ENCODER PCB UNIT.
Chapter 1
[2] [3] [4]
1x 2x 2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
F-3
Chapter 4
4. Remove [1] COUPLING, CARRIAGE.
[2]
Chapter 5
1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
5. Remove [1] COVER, PI SENSOR, CR.
Chapter 1
[2]
2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
6. Remove [1] sensor holder.

Chapter 4
[2] [3]
1x 1x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
7. Detach [2] CARRIAGE LIFT SENSOR from [1] sensor holder.
Chapter 1
[3]
4x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
17. MAIN HARNESS
17. MAIN HARNESS

SM-18001E-00
328
329
SM-18001E-00
17. MAIN HARNESS
HARNESS ASS'Y, L
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2
A
[2] [3] [4] [G]
Chapter 3
1x 2x 2x 1x

Chapter 4
[6]
2x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
330 17. MAIN HARNESS

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
4. Remove [1] HARNESS ASS'Y, L.
[2] [W] [E] [G] [R]
Chapter 2
23x 20x 4x 4x 1x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
17. MAIN HARNESS 331

SM-18001E-00
HARNESS ASS'Y, R
Chapter 1
COVERS
Chapter 2

B
1. Remove[1] plate (including lift drive unit).
Chapter 3
[2] [3] [4] [5] [E] [G]
2x 2x 2x 1x 1x 1x
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
3. Remove [1] tube of PURGE UNIT.
[G]
1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7

Wrap the tube end in paper towel, etc., to prevent ink from leaking.
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
4. Remove [1] PURGE UNIT.
Chapter 1
[2] [3] [4]
2x 1x 2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3

Chapter 4
[2]
4x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
B-1
COVERS
Chapter 2
7. Open [1] COVER, MAINTENANCE CARTRIDGE.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
[2] [3]
1x 2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
[2] [3]
2x 2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
10. Remove two screws of [1] INK SUPPLY TANK UNIT R, and bring the unit to the position shown in the right
Chapter 4
picture below.
[2] [3]
2x 1x
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
11. Remove [1] HARNESS ASS'Y, R.
Chapter 1
[2] [W] [E] [G] [R]
18x 14x 2x 5x 1x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
B-2
Chapter 1
7. Push down [1] RELEASE LEVER UNIT, and remove [2] CAP, ROLL SIDE R.
[3] [4]
Chapter 2
2x 2x
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
8. Remove [1] ROLL PRESET UNIT R.

[2] [3]
Chapter 5
2x 2x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
9. Release [1] CABLE, USB RELAY.
Chapter 1
[2] [W] [E] [G]
2x 4x 2x 2x
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
B-3
Chapter 4
7. Remove [1] HARNESS ASS'Y, TANK R RLY.
[2] [W] [G] [R]
Chapter 5
2x 3x 1x 1x
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
18. Ink Draining
1. Drain ink.
Ink Draining in Service Mode

1. After unlock the carriage by selecting [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > CR UNLOCK], move the print head
Chapter 2
manually to the replacement area, and remove the print head.

2. On the printer operation panel, select [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > INK SUPPLY VALVE OPEN > OPEN].
Open the supply valve (choke valve) of INK TANK UNIT.
3. Drain the ink in CARRIAGE UNIT (or INK TUBE UNIT) to the ink tank unit.
4. Wait for five to ten minutes, then open access cover and confirm that the ink has been drained from the
tubes.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
5. Power off the printer, and unplug the power cord.

Chapter 5
Manual Ink Draining
COVERS
Chapter 6

Chapter 7
Chapter 8
340 18. Ink Draining

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
2. Open [1] access cover, and move [2] carriage unit manually to the print head replacement area.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
18. Ink Draining 341

SM-18001E-00
3. Remove [1] print head.
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
4. Push [1] lever of the ink supply valves at the left and right ink tanks to the arrow direction for about a
minute, and drain ink in INK TUBE UNIT to ink tank unit.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
342 18. Ink Draining

SM-18001E-00
5. Wait for five to ten minutes, then confirm that the ink has been drained from the tubes.
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Notes when ink is drained from the tubes
Be sure to perform ink filling when reassembly is completed.
[SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > INK FILLING]
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
18. Ink Draining 343

SM-18001E-00
18. Ink Draining
SM-18001E-00
344
CHAPTER 7
SERVICING FUNCTIONS AND TOOLS
7-1. Servicing Functions Outline……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 347

1) Outline 347
2) Servicing functions 347
3) The function for servicing and users (recovery mode) 348
7-2. Service Mode…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 349

1) Purpose 349
2) The differences from user mode 349
Details of PRINTER STATUS……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………353

1) Purpose 353
2) How to use PRINTER STATUS 353
Details of DIAGNOSIS……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………363
1) Purpose 363
2) How to use diagnosis function 364
Details of FUNCTION……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………376
1) Purpose 376
2) How to use servicing functions 376
Details of ADJUSTMENT………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………379
1) Purpose 379
2) Details on each adjustment 379
3) The list of the parts requiring servicing adjustment 380
4) Servicing adjustment menu level 381
Details of TEST PRINT (1)………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………383

1) Purpose 383
2) How to print the service nozzle check pattern 383
345
SM-18001E-00
3) Service nozzle check pattern print (sample) 384
Details of TEST PRINT (2)………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………385

1) Purpose 385
2) How to obtain service log (PRINT INF) 385
3) The contents recorded in service log (PRINT INF) 385
4) Service log (PRINT INF) print sample 386
Details of E-RDS……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………400
1) Purpose 400
2) Setting procedures 400
3) E-RDS menu level 401
Details of OTHERS………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………403
1) Purpose 403
2) OTHERS menu level 403
7-3. PCB Replacement Mode…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 406

1) Purpose 406
2) Procedures for taking over the data 406
3) Items required by readjustment 407
4) Notes on executing PCB replacement mode 407
7-4. iPF PRO Service Tool………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 408

1) Purpose 408
2) How to launch 408
3) How to use 408
4) Precaution 408
7-5. Recovery Mode………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 409

1) Purpose 409
2) The items necessary for recovery 409
3) Starting a recovery mode 410
4) Procedures for recovery 411
7-6. Appendices……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 414

Service mode menu map 414
346
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
7-1. Servicing Functions Outline
1) Outline
There are two servicing functions, “Service mode” and “PCB replacement mode.” Use the two modes as the
Chapter 2
following servicing usages:
Service mode: Printer status check, adjustment, diagnosis, test printing, E-RDS setting, and etc.
PCB replacement mode: When the MAIN PCB UNIT or the BACK UP PCB UNIT is replaced in repair
servicing, etc., the adjustment value and settings before the PCB replacement
are automatically written in the new PCB.
Chapter 3
2) Servicing functions
<How to launch service mode>
1. Press and hold the Power button while touching Area4 (lower left) of the operation panel. (DO NOT
release the buttons.)
Chapter 4
2. When the Canon logo is displayed on the operation panel, release the finger touching Area4 (lower left)
while holding the Power button, touch in order of Area2 (lower right,) Area3 (upper left,) and Area1 (upper
right) of the operation panel, release the finger from Area1 (upper right) and finally release the Power
button within two seconds.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
7-1. Servicing Functions Outline 347

SM-18001E-00
3. When the service mode is successfully launched, the orange lamp blinks above the operation panel at the
Chapter 1
timing when the message “Starting the system… Please wait.” is displayed.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
NOTE:
·· The touch interval should be within two seconds.
·· If you release the Power button while touching the operation panel, start the printer in the user mode.
Chapter 4
·· If you make a mistake in touching order, start the printer in the user mode.
<How to launch PCB replacement mode>

When the printer is launched following the procedures for starting service mode after replacing a MAIN PCB
Chapter 5
UNIT or a BACK UP PCB UNIT, the printer automatically enters the PCB replacement mode. For details, refer to
7-3. PCB Replacement Mode.
3) The function for servicing and users (recovery mode)

Chapter 6
“Recovery mode” is the function for not only servicing but users. In recovery mode, when the power of the
printer is disconnected during firmware update*1 for some reason, the screen automatically transits to the
recovery mode at the next launch of the printer. For details, refer to 7-5. Recovery Mode.
*1: Firmware update by Firm update tool, iPF PRO Service Tool or FIRMWARE UPDATE(USB) of service mode.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
348 7-1. Servicing Functions Outline

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
7-2. Service Mode
1) Purpose
The service mode is to be used when a service person provides the customer with servicing of this product
Chapter 2
(troubleshooting, repair, diagnosis, servicing adjustment, and etc.). Servicing is classified into the following
seven items: “PRINTER STATUS,” “DIAGNOSIS,” “FUNCTION,” “ADJUSTMENT,” “TEST PRINT,” “E-RDS,” and
“OTHERS.” These items are displayed in the menu of the operation panel only when the service mode is
launched.
The purpose and the details of each item are to be described later item by item.
Chapter 3
2) The differences from user mode
The behavior differences between user mode and service mode are shown below.
The specific error codes are ignored.
Chapter 4
In the service mode, the machine is launched after the following error codes are ignored.
E codes Detail codes Status
- 2819 (1720) Maintenance cartridge full
- 281B (1720) Lack of maintenance cartridge remaining capacity
error
NOTE: The number in parenthesis is a support number, which is an error code for users displayed on PC or
Chapter 5
online manual.
Releasing the error with detail code starting from four or five.
When the printer is started in the service mode, the message for releasing the error with detail code
starting from four or five (4*** or 5***) is displayed so that a service person can perform troubleshooting.
Chapter 6
The user’s print jobs cannot be printed.
If the user made the printer enter the service mode, printing cannot be performed.
The print head can be swapped between the models among TM series.
Chapter 7
As the print head can be swapped among TM series in the service mode, the number of the print head for
tool required for print-head-related troubleshooting is minimized.
When replacing the print head, select [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > HEAD REPLACEMENT]. (Do not use CR
LOCK/CR UNLOCK to replace the print head).
Chapter 8
7-2. Service Mode 349

SM-18001E-00
Automatic cleaning is not performed.
Chapter 1
No automatic cleaning prevents the increase of the service operating time due to unintended automatic
cleaning.
Auto Power OFF and sleep timer are not performed.

Prevents unintended powering off and sleep transition in troubleshooting.
Chapter 2
Select [Device settings > Device user settings > Energy saving settings > Auto power off/Sleep timer] in
the operation panel.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
350 7-2. Service Mode

SM-18001E-00
Service mode menu hierarchy
Chapter 1
Service mode menu Description
First hierarchy Second hierarchy
PRINTER STATUS SYSTEM INFO Printer information (serial number/
environmental temperature/cumulative
PV, etc.)
ERROR LOG Error history (up to 10 cases for ERROR
LOG, up to 5 cases for JAM LOG)
Chapter 2
PARTS COUNTER Clearing parts counter values
CLEANING LOG Cumulative number of cleaning (past
history: Up to three times)
SERVICE LOG Date of the latest adjustment
HEAD USAGE LOG Head information (head lot number/dot
count information, etc.)
INK USAGE LOG Ink information (cumulative ink usage/
Chapter 3
elapsed days after ink tank installation,
etc.)
OTHER CONSUMABLES USAGE LOG Maintenance cartridge usage log/cutter
usage log
USER COMMAND LOG Head alignment history/color calibration
history
DIAGNOSIS CR_SYSTEM_CHECK Carriage drive functional diagnosis
PURGE CHECK Purge unit functional diagnosis
Chapter 4
I/O DISPLAY I/O DISPLAY (each sensor and switch
functional diagnosis)
OPT SENS CHECK Multi sensor functional diagnosis
NOZZLE CHECK Head management sensor functional
diagnosis
HEAD CNT CHECK Functional diagnosis of head contact
detection
Chapter 5
ANALOG ENCODER CHECK LF encoder sensor functional diagnosis
FUNCTION CR LOCK Carriage lock
CR UNLOCK Carriage unlock
HEAD REPLACEMENT Head removal and reinstallation (Ink is
not removed from the head)
INK SUPPLY VALVE OPEN Ink supply valve opening and closing
operation
INK FILLING Ink filling (after parts replacement)
Chapter 6
ADJUSTMENT OPTICAL AXIS Multi sensor optical axis adjustment
GAP CALIB GAP calibration
LF TUNING LF correction and eccentricity correction
NOZZLE CHK POS Adjustment of the optical axis in the
head management sensor
CR REG Dynamic head alignment
CR MOTOR COG Cogging torque control
Chapter 7
TOUCH PANEL CALIBRATION Touch panel calibration

MANUAL HEAD ADJ Manual head alignment
MARGIN ADJ Margin adjustment
LF ENC ADJ LF encoder adjustment
UPPER ARB CALIB Upper paper feed unit calibration
TEST PRINT PRINT INF Service log printing
SERVICE NOZZLE CHECK Service nozzle check pattern printing
E-RDS CA-CERTIFICATE E-maintenance certificate/CA-certificate
Chapter 8
information display
E-RDS SETUP E-RDS setup
E-RDS OTHERS E-maintenance CA-certificate deletion

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
OTHERS RTC SETTING RTC setting

PV AUTO JUDGE Waste ink reduction mode setting
PRINT HEAD INFO SETTING Availability of print head warranty
information display
HDD BOX PASS HDD BOX password reset
FIRMWARE UPDATE(USB)* Firmware installation using USB flash
drive
GET PRINT INF (USB)* Storing PRINT INF information to USB
Chapter 2
flash drive
GET ENCRYPTING LOG(USB)* Storing serial log to USB flash drive
DELETE ENCRYPTING LOG* Deletion of serial logs stored in HDD
*: Supported by TM-205, TM-5205, TM-305, TM-5305 only.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Details of PRINTER STATUS
Chapter 1
1) Purpose
PRINTER STATUS checks the printer status and obtains the information necessary for diagnosis.
2) How to use PRINTER STATUS
Chapter 2
Execute the menu in PRINTER STATUS, and the detailed information will be displayed on the operation panel.
Menu level: Select [SERVICE MODE > PRINTER STATUS] in the operation panel.
PRINTER STATUS menu level
Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level
Menu Operation panel display Details Operation panel display Details Operation panel display Details
SYSTEM INFO S/N: xxxxxxxxx (1) Printer serial number
TMP [C]/TMP [F] (2) Environmental temperature (Celsius /
Chapter 3
Fahrenheit)
RH [%] (3) Environmental humidity
AFTER INSTLATION [days] (4) Number of days passed since the initial
installation sequence started
PV TTL [m2] (5) Cumulative PV (m2)
PV TTL [sq.f] (6) Cumulative PV (sq.f)
PV TTL [A4] (7) Cumulative PV (in A4 equivalent)
ROLL1 TOTAL [m2] (8) Roll paper Cumulative PV (m2)
Chapter 4
ROLL1 TOTAL [sq.f] (9) Roll paper Cumulative PV (sq.f)
ROLL1 TOTAL[A4] (10) Roll paper Cumulative PV (in A4 equivalent)
CUTSHEET TOTAL [m2] (11) CUTSHEET Cumulative PV (m2)
CUTSHEET TOTAL [sq.f] (12) CUTSHEET Cumulative PV (sq.f)
CUTSHEET TOTAL[A4] (13) CUTSHEET Cumulative PV (in A4 equivalent)
PV ENV (14) PV per environmental temperature
A: **** B: **** A: Temperature 15°C to 25°C/Humidity 40%
C: **** D: **** to 60%
Chapter 5
E: **** F: **** B: Temperature 25°C to 30°C/Humidity 40%
to 60%
C: Temperature 15°C to 30°C/Humidity 10%
to 40%
D: Temperature 15°C to 30°C/Humidity 60%
to 80%
E: Temperature 15°C to 30°C/Humidity 0% to
10%, or temperature up to 15°C, 30°C or
Chapter 6
higher/Humidity 0% to 50%
F: Temperature 15°C to 30°C/Humidity 80%
to 100%, or temperature up to 15°C, 30°C
or higher/Humidity 50% to 100%
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1

ERROR LOG HARDWARE ERROR LOG (1)HARDWARE ERROR LOG (Hardware error) HARDWARE ERROR LOG (5) The date and time of HARDWARE ERROR (the DETAILS Details of each HARDWARE ERROR/ERROR/
MM/DD HH:MM Exxx-xxxx(xxxx) latest ten cases) and their error codes are Number SheetS [A4] WARNING
... displayed. (9) PV when each error/warning occurs (in A4
ERROR LOG (2)ERROR LOG (Operator error) ERROR LOG TMP [C] equivalent)
MM/DD HH:MM xxxx(xxxx)
... (6) The date and time of ERROR (the latest ten TMP [F] (10) Environmental temperature when each
Chapter 2
WARNING LOG (3)WARNING LOG (Warning) WARNING LOG operator errors) and their error codes are error/warning occurs (Celsius)
MM/DD HH:MM xxxx(xxxx) displayed. RH [%]
... (11) Environmental temperature when each
error/warning occurs (Fahrenheit)
(7) The date and time of WARNING (the latest
ten warnings) and their warning types are (12 )Environmental humidity when each error/
displayed. warning occurs
Chapter 3
JAM LOG (4)JAM LOG (Jam error) JAM LOG (8) The date and time of the latest five JAM errors DETAILS Details of JAM
MM/DD HH:MM xxxxxx(xxxx) and their warning types are displayed. 01:x (13) Detailed information when a JAM error
… 02:x occurs (*1)
03:x *1: Detailed information when a JAM error occurs
04:x (See the Appendix 1).
05:x
06:x
07:x
Chapter 4
…
PARTS COUNTER Wia1 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% (1) Parts name (*2) DETAILS Details of each parts counter
Wia2 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% (2) Status: xx (OK/W1/W2/E) COUNTER NAME xxxxxx (5) Parts name
Wia5 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% W1: Warning 1/W2: Warning 2/E: Error COUNTER VALUE xxxxxx (6) Counter value
Wia7 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% (3) The date of resetting counter: yyyy/mm/dd PART LIFE xxxxxx (7) Parts life threshold
WF1 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% (4) Usage rate: xxx% ACCUMLATION xxxxxx (8) Accumulated counter value
CR1 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% *2: Details of the parts to reset the counter (See The amount of light xxx (9) Light volume
CR2 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% the Appendix 2). Area xx (10) Area
CR3 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% THE NO. OF RESET xxxxxx (11) The number of times of the counter value
Chapter 5
CR4 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% reset

CR5 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% NOTE: See "Consumption degree of PG3, HMa1,
PG1 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% and LFS1."
PG2 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx%
PG3 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% [Reset]
HMa1 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% Execute? [Parts counter reset]
MT1 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% YES / NO Select [YES], the counter value will be reset. (The
LFS1 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx% cumulative counter value is not cleared).
Chapter 6
PL1 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx%

Mi1 xx /yyyy/mm/dd/ xxx%
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
CLEANING LOG A-AB ***(***) (1) Cleaning name (*3) DETAILS Details of each cleaning
A-A ***(***) *3: Cleaning mode list (Figure 1: CAP-A/CAP-B yyyy/mm/dd (3) Execution history of each cleaning (the last
A-B ***(***) layout) yyyy/mm/dd three cases)
S-AB ***(***) A-AB: Cleaning (All CAP) / A-A: Cleaning (CAP-A) yyyy/mm/dd
S-A ***(***) / A-B: Cleaning (CAP-B) / S-AB: System cleaning
S-B ***(***) (All CAP) / S-A: System cleaning (CAP-A) / S-B:
Chapter 2
R-AB ***(***) System cleaning (CAP-B) / R-AB: Deep cleaning
R-A ***(***) (All CAP) / R-A: Deep cleaning (CAP-A) / R-B:
R-B ***(***) Deep cleaning (CAP-B) / EX: Ink removal at the
EX *** head replacement / H: Ink filling at the head
H *** replacement /
T1 *** T1: Ink removal (Transport outdoors) / T2: Ink
T2 *** removal (total frequency of ""Move indoors to a
C *** different floor"" and ""Move indoors on the same
Chapter 3
FI-AB *** floor"") / C: On arrival ink filling /
FI-A *** FI-AB: Ink filling at the installation after printer
FI-B *** transportation (All CAP) / FI-A: Ink filling at the
IR-AB *** installation after printer transportation (CAP-A)
IR-A *** / FI-B: Ink filling at the installation after printer
IR-B *** transportation (CAP-B) /
IR-AB: Ink filling after irregular recovery (All CAP)
/ IR-A: Ink filling after irregular recovery (CAP-A) /
Chapter 4
IR-B: Ink filling after irregular recovery (CAP-B)
(2) Accumulated number of automatic and

manual cleaning (Accumulated number of
manual cleaning)
SERVICE LOG SERVICE ADJUSTMENT LOG (1) Service adjustment execution history SERVICE ADJUSTMENT LOG Details of each service adjustment execution
GAP_CALIB:yyyy/mm/dd history
OPTICAL_AXIS:yyyy/mm/dd (3) Each service adjustment name
Chapter 5
CR_MOTOR_COG:yyyy/mm/dd (4) Last implementation date of each service
LF_TUNING:yyyy/mm/dd adjustment
CR_REG:yyyy/mm/dd
...
PCB REPLACEMENT LOG (2) PCB replacement execution history PCB REPLACEMENT LOG
01:yyyy/mm/dd x
02:yyyy/mm/dd x Details of PCB replacement execution history
03:yyyy/mm/dd x (5) The date of PCB replacement and the case
Chapter 6
04:yyyy/mm/dd x number (the last ten cases)
05:yyyy/mm/dd x ·· Case number 0: BACKUP PCB replacement
... The data is copied from main PCB to backup
… PCB.
·· Case number 1: MAIN PCB replacement
The data is copied from backup PCB to main
PCB.
·· Case number 2: Both of main PCB and backup
Chapter 7
PCB are replaced.
The data is copied from GID PCB to main PCB
and backup PCB.
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1

HEAD USAGE LOG CURRENT HEAD (1)The currently-installed print head information CURRENT HEAD (5) The currently-installed print head DETAILS DOT COUNT (9) Head dot count (per color)
LOT ·· Lot number MBK:xxxxxx Bk:xxxxxx
DATE OF INSTALL ·· Print head installation date MBK2:xxxxxx Y:xxxxxx
DOT COUNT ·· Total dot count M:xxxxxx C:xxxxxx
[Details] [Details of the currently-installed print head]
REFILL INKTANK USAGE HISTORY
Chapter 2
A:*** B:***
PREVIOUS HEAD (6) The previously-installed print head c:*** D:***
PREVIOUS HEAD (2) The previously-installed print head information LOT ·· Lot number E:*** F:*** (10) Refill ink tank usage log (per chip: *4)
DATE OF INSTALL ·· Print head installation date *4: The correlation between chip positions and
DOT COUNT ·· Total dot count THE NO. OF NON-EJECTION NOZZLES colors (See the Appendix 3)
[Details] [Details of the previously-installed print head] A1:*** A2:*** B1:*** B2:***
C1:*** C2:*** D1:*** D2:***
E1:*** E2:*** F1:*** F2:*** (11) The number of the non-ejection nozzles (per
Chapter 3
chip: *4)
DOT COUNT ACCUMULATED (3) The currently-installed print head dot count DOT COUNT ACCUMULATED (7) The accumulated currently-installed print DETAILS (12) The accumulated currently-installed print
TTL:******* head dot count (in total) MBK:xxxxxx Bk:xxxxxx head dot count (total per color)
[Details] MBK2:xxxxxx Y:xxxxxx
[Details of print head dot count] M:xxxxxx C:xxxxxx
THE NO. OF REPLACEMENT (4) The number of times of print head THE NO. OF REPLACEMENT
Chapter 4
replacement REPLACEMENT:** (8) THE NO. OF REPLACEMENT means the number

S:** of times of print head replacement.
"S" means the number of times that the
commands for removing and installing print
head in Service mode are executed. (SERVICE
MODE > FUNCTION > TEMPORARY HEAD
REPLACEMENT)
INK USAGE LOG ACCUMULATED INK USAGE (1) Accumulated ink usage INK-USE1 INK-TTL [ml] (3) Accumulated genuine ink usage INK-USE1 INK DETAILS (8) Accumulated genuine ink usage (per color)
(INK-USE1 INK-TTL) MBK:xxxxxx Bk:xxxxxx (INK-USE1 INK DETAILS)
Chapter 5
INK-USE1 NINK-TTL [ml] Y:xxxxxx M:xxxxxx

(4) Accumulated refilled ink usage C:xxxxxx (9) Accumulated refilled ink usage (per color)
INK-USE2 INK-TTL [ml] (INK-USE1 NINK-TTL) INK-USE1 NINK DETAILS (INK-USE1 NINK DETAILS)
MBK:xxxxxx Bk:xxxxxx
INK-USE2 NINK-TTL [ml] (5) Genuine ink interval usage Y:xxxxxx M:xxxxxx (10) Genuine ink (per color) interval usage
(INK-USE2 INK-TTL) C:xxxxxx (INK-USE2 INK DETAILS)
INK-USE2 INK DETAILS
(6) Refilled ink interval usage MBK:xxxxxx Bk:xxxxxx (11) Refilled ink (per color) interval usage
Chapter 6
(INK-USE2 NINK-TTL) Y:xxxxxx M:xxxxxx (INK-USE2 NINK DETAILS)

C:xxxxxx
INK-USE2 NINK DETAILS
MBK:xxxxxx Bk:xxxxxx
Y:xxxxxx M:xxxxxx
C:xxxxxx
THE NO. oF INK-USE2 CLEAR (2) Ink interval usage clear is executed. THE NO. OF INK-USE2 CLEAR (7) The number of times of clearing the ink
(THE No. OF INK-USE2 CLEAR) COUNT:** interval usage
Chapter 7
[CLEAR]
Execute? [ink interval usage clear]
YES/NO Select [YES], clear the ink interval usage.
OTHER MAINTENANCE CARTRIDGE USAGE (1) Maintenance cartridge usage log MAINTENANCE CARTRIDGE USAGE (3) Maintenance cartridge usage (%)
CONSUMABLES USAGE:**% (4) The number of maintenance cartridge
USAGE LOG THE NO. OF REPLACEMENT:*** replacement
THE NO. OF RESET:*** (5) The number of maintenance cartridge usage
Chapter 8
reset
[Reset]
Execute? [Maintenance cartridge volume reset]
YES *NO Select [YES], and the volume of the maintenance
cartridge will be reset.

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
CUTTER USAGE (2) Cutter usage log CUTTER USAGE (6) The number of times of cutter blade THE NO. OF REPLACEMENT (9) The number of times of cutter blade
THE NO. OF REPLACEMENT replacement TOTAL: *** replacement
THE NO. OF CUTS(CURRENT) (7) The number of times of cuts of the current THE NO. OF CUTS(CURRENT)
THE NO. OF CUTS(PRE) cutter TOTAL: *** (10) The number of times of cuts of the current
(8) The number of times of cuts of the previous 1:MEDIA1: *** cutter
cutter 2:MEDIA2: *** - TOTAL: The total number of times of cuts
Chapter 2
THE NO. OF CUTS(PRE) - 1: The media name and the number of
TOTAL: *** times of cuts for the most common
1:MEDIA1: *** media type
2:MEDIA2: *** - 2: The media name and the number of
times of cuts for the second most
common media type
(11) The number of times of cuts of the previous
cutter
Chapter 3
- TOTAL: The total number of times of cuts
- 1: The media name and the number of
times of cuts for the most common
media type
- 2: The media name and the number of
times of cuts for the second most
common media type
USER COMMAND ADJUSTMENT (1) Print head alignment log ADJUSTMENT (3) Print head alignment log (past five cases) Details (5) Details of adjustment
Chapter 4
LOG 0: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM auto(*) - Log number: 00 to 04 & D DATE:****** - DATE: Implementation date
1: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM auto(*) 00 to 04 (the newest event has the MEDIA TYPE:****** - MEDIA: Media type
2: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM manual smallest history number), D: Latest HEAD:*** - HEAD: Head height
3: detailed adjustment TMP [C]:*** - TMP [C]: Environmental temperature
4: - Adjustment type TMP [F]:*** (Celsius)
D: MM/DD HH:MM auto(*) auto(d): Detailed adjustment, auto(S): RH [%]:*** - TMP [F]: Environmental temperature
Standard adjustment, manual: Manual (Fahrenheit)
- RH: Environmental humidity
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
SM-18001E-00
Appendix 1: Detailed information when a JAM error occurs
Chapter 1
No. Contents Details

01 Paper width detection OFF mode 1: ON, 2: OFF, -: Unknown
02 Carriage height 0: SL, 1: L, 2: M1, 3: M2, 4: M3, 5: H,
-: Unknown
03 The position of platen shutter 1: Closed, 2: Half-open, 3: Fully open <1/4>, 4: Fully open <2/4>,
5: Fully open <3/4>, 6: Fully open <4/4>, -: Unknown
04 Cut mode 1: User cut, 2: Eject cut,
Chapter 2
3: Automatic cut, *: Unknown

05 Paper feeding environment 0: Temperature 15°C to 25°C/Humidity 40% to 60%
1: Temperature 25°C to 30°C/Humidity 40% to 60%
or Temperature up to 15°C, 30°C or higher/Humidity 0% to 50%
or Temperature up to 15°C, 30°C or higher/Humidity 50% to 100%
Chapter 3
-: Unknown
06 Borderless/bordered 1: Bordered printing, 2: Borderless printing, -: Unknown
07 Spur position 1: Top, 2: Down, -: Unknown
08 Print mode label No. Internal information (Not used in servicing)
09 Paper width The size is displayed. (Unit: mm) *Only when paper width detection is ON
-: Unknown
10 Paper type Displayed by paper name.
Chapter 4
-: Unknown
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Appendix 2: Details of the parts to reset the counter
Chapter 1
If the parts to reset the counter are replaced, reset parts counter value by selecting [SERVICE MODE >
PRINTER STATUS > PARTS COUNTER > xxx (select the parts to reset the counter) > RESET THE COUNTER? > [YES].
Counter name The parts to reset the counter Applicable models
Wia1 WASTE INK BOX UNIT, HP All models
Wia2 WASTE INK BOX UNIT, BP 36ʺ model
Wia5 WASTE INK BOX CENTER UNIT All models
Chapter 2
Wia7 SUCTION FAN UNIT All models
WF1 MCG GUIDE UNIT All models
CR1 CARRIAGE UNIT All models
CARRIAGE UNIT
CR2 All models
SCALE, LINEAR
CR3 CARRIAGE UNIT All models
CR4 INK TUBE UNIT All models
CR5 MULTI SENSOR UNIT All models
Chapter 3
PG1 PURGE UNIT All models
HMa1 HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT All models
MT1 MOTOR, DC All models
PAPER FEED ENCODER UNIT
LFS1 All models
FILM, TIMING SLIT DISK
PL1 MOTOR UNIT, W/ENCODER All models
Chapter 4
Mi1 EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT All models
* All models: 24ʺ model, and 36" model
The consumption degree of PG3, HMa1, and LFS1
Chapter 5
In consideration of the influence such as dust by the user installation environmen and unexpected use,
regarding PG3, HMa1, and LFS1, the consumption degree is indicated by the count values of ink consumption
amount and the output values of sensor light amount. The consumption degree can be confirmed using "Area
number " in PRINTER STATUS and PRINT INF.
See the next page for details on how to confirm the consumption degree of PG3, HMa1, and LFS1.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
1) How to confirm the consumption degree of PG3
Chapter 1
Confirm the area number in PRINTER STATUS or PRINT INF.

- PRINTER STATUS: PRINTER STATUS > PARTS COUNTER > PG3 > Area
- PRINT INF: PG3 : OK **/**/**** 244 *** *% 566 0 124 11
Dot count value

ドットカウント値 Light amount value
ドットカウント値 Area
値number
量光
Chapter 2
* When the area number you confirmed is displayed in "W1 display" below, a message "Part replacement
needed soon." is displayed. (Detail code: 3410)
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
2) How to confirm the consumption degree of HMa1

- PRINTER STATUS: PRINTER STATUS > PARTS COUNTER > HMa1 > Area
- PRINT INF: HMa1 : OK **/**/**** 40 *** *% 40 0 184 11
Chapter 6
Dot count value

値number
量光
* When the area number you confirmed is displayed in "E display" below, a message "Part replacement
needed." is displayed. (Service call error: EC22-4001)
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
3) How to confirm the consumption degree of LFS1
- PRINTER STATUS: PRINTER STATUS > PARTS COUNTER > LFS1 > Area
Chapter 4
- PRINT INF: LFS1: OK **/**/**** 26 *** *% 26 0 144 11
Dot count value

値number
量光
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Appendix 3: The correlation between chip positions and colors (to be shared among all the supported
Chapter 1
models.)
Chip position A B C D E F
Color MBK BK MBK2 Y M C
<Figure seen from the contact pad side of the print head>
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
*Figure 1: PURGE UNIT CAP-A/CAP-B layout

There are two CAPs, one CAP per chip, “CAP-A” and “CAP-B” in order from the Away side.
Chapter 4
Seen from the front of the printer, Away side is on the left side, and Home side is on the right side.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Details of DIAGNOSIS
Chapter 1
1) Purpose
The diagnosis functions (select [SERVICE MODE > DIAGNOSIS] from the operation panel) diagnose the printer
operations as normal or abnormal, and display their results on the operation panel. The diagnosis results and
the diagnosis date are recorded in service logs. Therefore, you can confirm the previous diagnosis results by
Chapter 2
selecting [SERVICE MODE > PRINTER STATUS > SERVICE LOG > SERVICE ADJUSTMENT LOG] or printing [SERVICE
MODE > TEST PRINT > PRINT INF] on the operation panel. For how to obtain service log, see Details of TEST
PRINT (2).
DIAGNOSIS menu Details When to use
Chapter 3
CR SYSTEM CHECK The diagnosis of CARRIAGE UNIT and ·· When a carriage error occurs
FLEXIBLE CABLE UNIT: ·· When an error code (EC0F) occurs
·· Checking flexible cable inserted at an ·· After CARRIAGE UNIT is replaced
angle ·· After FLEXIBLECABLE UNIT are replaced
·· After flexible cable is removed and inserted
PURGE CHECK The diagnosis of PURGE UNIT: When an ink supply-related troubles are
·· Cap opening/closing operation check distinguished
·· Purging operation check
Chapter 4
I/O DISPLAY The diagnosis of each sensor and switch Troubleshooting of abnormal sensor and switch
OPT SENS CHECK The diagnosis of multi sensor When a multi sensor error occurs
NOZZLE CHECK The diagnosis of HEAD MANAGEMENT When head management sensor-related error
SENSOR UNIT (EC22) occurs with a normal nozzle check
pattern
HEAD CNT CHECK The diagnosis of head contact detection When a print head-related error occurs
ANALOG ENCODER CHECK The diagnosis of analog encoder sensor When an analog encoder-related error occurs
NOTE:
Chapter 5
In each diagnosis result (OK/NG) displayed on the operation panel, OK means Passed, and NG means Failed.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
2) How to use diagnosis function
Chapter 1
<CR SYSTEM CHECK>

1. Select [SERVICE MODE > DIAGNOSIS > CR SYSTEM CHECK > YES] from the operation panel.
·· When [YES] is selected: CR SYSTEM CHECK is executed.
·· When [NO] is selected: Returns to the CR SYSTEM CHECK screen.
Chapter 2
2. After CR SYSTEM CHECK is completed, the diagnosis result (OK or NG) is displayed on the operation panel.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
How to handle NG items

Diagnosis items How to solve
Acceleration sensor check As an acceleration sensor is not installed in the TM series, it is not diagnosed.
(ACC. SENSOR CHECK) "**" is displayed in the diagnosis.
Flexible cable disconnection check If NG is displayed when confirming removal or insertion of FLEXIBLE CABLE,
(LONG FFC CHECK) replace FLEXIBLE CABLE UNIT.
Chapter 5
CR vibration measurement As an acceleration sensor is not installed in the TM series, it is not diagnosed.
(CR VIBRATION) "**" is displayed in the diagnosis.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
<PURGE CHECK>
Chapter 1
INITIALIZE CHECK
1. Select [SERVICE MODE > DIAGNOSIS > PURGE CHECK > INITIALIZE CHECK > YES] from the operation panel.
·· When [YES] is selected: The initialize check of the purge unit is executed.
·· When [NO] is selected: Returns to the screen to select [INITIALIZE CHECK] or [PRESSURE CHECK].
Chapter 2
2. When the initialize check is completed, the following screen is displayed again. Confirm that an error is
not displayed on the operation panel. If an error occurs, see 5-3. Detail of Hardware to handle the error.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
PRESSURE CHECK
1. Remove fixing screws for right side cover to remove the right side cover from the machine.
2. Select [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > CR UNLOCK] from the operation panel to release the lock of the
Chapter 5
carriage. Then, move CARRIAGE UNIT over the platen so that the CAP can be visually checked.
3. Return to the menu screen, and select [SERVICE MODE > DIAGNOSIS > PURGE CHECK > PRESSURE CHECK
> YES].
·· When [YES] is selected: Transits to the next screen.
Chapter 6
·· When [NO] is selected: Returns to the screen to select [INITIALIZE CHECK] or [PRESSURE CHECK].
4. When the following message is displayed on the operation panel, confirm again that the CARRIAGE UNIT
is over the platen, and press [YES].
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
5. When the following message is displayed, select CAP for checking suctioning operation. Check the
suctioning operation in the following order from the top (CAP A => CAP B => ALL CAPS) (Execute three
times in total).
·· When [CHECK CAP A] is selected: The suctioning operation of CAP A is checked.
·· When [CHECK CAP B] is selected: The suctioning operation of CAP B is checked.
Chapter 2
·· When [CHECK ALL CAPS] is selected: The suctioning operations of All CAPs are checked at the same
time.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
6. Select any of the CAP, select [YES].

Chapter 5
Chapter 6
7. When the following message is displayed, the wiper of the PURGE unit travels back and forth.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
8. When the following message is displayed, wash the surface of the PLATE, PURGE CHECK, a service jig, with
Chapter 1
ethanol. Then, put it on the CAP of PURGE UNIT. Be sure to remove a thin vinyl sheet on the surface of a
new PLATE, PURGE CHECK.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
9. After putting PLATE, PURGE CHECK on the CAP, select [OK]. Then, when the following message is
displayed, select [YES].
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
10. Select [YES], and the following message will be displayed and suctioning operation will be executed. Here,
manually apply the slight pressure to the PLATE, PURGE CHECK from above.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
11. After the suctioning operation is completed, the following message is displayed on the operation panel.
Check the negative pressure of CAP.
Confirm that the PLATE, PURGE CHECK must not be peeled even by slightly pulling with one’s hand. If the
PLATE, PURGE CHECK is easily peeled, Purge Unit may be defective.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
12. After checking the negative pressure, select [OK].
13. Select [OK], and the following message will be displayed and the negative pressure will be released.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
14. After the negative pressure is released, the following screen is displayed again.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
15. Check the remaining suctioning operation (CAP B => ALL CAPS) in the same procedures.
Make sure to check the suctioning operation per CAP. If the suctioning operation is checked by selecting
ALL CAPS only, even if any of the CAPs is not normal, as the PLATE, PURGE CHECK is not removed, it is
possible that the negative pressure of the abnormal CAP is mistakenly regarded as OK when you check.
(For example, even if CAP B has not suctioned ink, if the negative pressure of CAP A is left, it is possible
Chapter 2
that the negative pressure of CAP B is mistakenly regarded as OK when you check.)
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
<I/O DISPLAY>
Chapter 1
1. Select [SERVICE MODE > DIAGNOSIS > I/O DISPLAY] from the operation panel. The following screen is
displayed in the operation panel:
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
2. Check the switching information of sensors and switches by the display on the operation panel (0: not
shielded or 1: shielded) or the beeping sounds when they are switched ON and OFF.
<<I/O check list of the sensors and switches displayed on the operation panel>>
Display Sensor and switch names
0 0 PURGE MAIN CAM SENSOR
Chapter 4
1 PAPER ENTRY SENSOR

2 PAPER FEED HOME POSITION SENSOR
3 -
4 CARRIAGE LIFT SENSOR
5 -
6 CUTTER HOME POSITION SENSOR
7 RIGHT CHOKE VALVE POSITION SENSOR
Chapter 5
8 LEFT CHOKE VALVE POSITION SENSOR

9 -
A -
B RIGHT TANK COVER SWITCH
C LEFT TANK COVER SWITCH
D -
E -
F -
Chapter 6
·· For the positions of sensors and switches, refer to 8. UNIT CONFIGURATION Sensors.
·· When you check the sensor you cannot touch, manually rotate the gear or cam to switch ON and OFF.
·· When the Paper Entry Sensor (0:1) is shielded, the roller is rotated, and PAPER FEED HOME POSITION
SENSOR (0:2) is switched ON and OFF.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
1 0 RELEASE LEVER SWITCH
1 TOP COVER SWITCH
2 -
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 -
Chapter 2
7 -
8 -
9 -
A -
B -
C -
D -
E -
Chapter 3
F -
2 0 -
1 -
2 -
3 -
4 -
5 -
Chapter 4
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
A -
B -
C -
Chapter 5
D -
E -
F -
·· For the positions of sensors and switches, refer to 8. UNIT CONFIGURATION Sensors.
·· When you check the sensor you cannot touch, manually rotate the gear or cam to switch ON and OFF.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
<OPT SENS CHECK>
Chapter 1
1. Select [SERVICE MODE > DIAGNOSIS > OPT SENS CHECK] from the operation panel, and check the status
of multi sensor.
2. After the functional diagnosis is completed, the diagnosis result (OK or NG) is displayed on the operation
panel.
Chapter 2
·· DENSITY SENSOR: The functional diagnosis result of density sensor is displayed.

·· EDGE SENSOR: The functional diagnosis result of edge sensor is displayed.
·· GAP SENSOR: The functional diagnosis result of GAP sensor is displayed.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
- Main factors of the NG items:

·· The inadequacy of multi sensor optical axis adjustment (SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > OPTICAL
AXIS)
Chapter 5
·· The inadequacy of multi sensor GAP calibration (SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > GAP CALIB)
·· The failure of multi sensor
- For the details of handling, refer to 5-3. Detail of Hardware Error (E code: EC23).
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
<NOZZLE CHECK>
Chapter 1
1. Select [SERVICE MODE > DIAGNOSIS > NOZZLE CHECK > RUN > YES] from the operation panel. After
selecting [YES], execute the functional diagnosis of HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR.
·· When [YES] is selected: Non-ejection detection is executed.
·· When [NO] is selected: Returns to the RUN/RESULT screen.
Chapter 2
2. Return to the menu screen, select [SERVICE MODE > DIAGNOSIS > NOZZLE CHECK > RESULT]. After [RESULT]
is selected, the results of non-ejection detection (OK/NG) are displayed per chip position.
(NG Criteria: When NG nozzles are 50 or more per color).
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
- The correlation between chip positions and colors (Share among all the supported models)
Chip position Color Chip position Color Chip position Color Chip position Color
A1 MBK A2 MBK B1 BK B2 BK
C1 MBK2 C2 MBK2 D1 Y D2 Y
Chapter 5
E1 M E2 M F1 C F2 C

·· The inadequacy of HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT adjustment [SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT >
NOZZLE CHK POS]
·· The failure of HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT
- For the details of handling, refer to 5-3. Detail of Hardware Error (E code: EC22). Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
<HEAD CNT CHECK>
Chapter 1
1. Select [SERVICE MODE > DIAGNOSIS > HEAD CNT CHECK > YES] from the operation panel. After selecting
[YES], execute the functional diagnosis of head contact check.
2. After the functional diagnosis is completed, the diagnosis result (OK or NG) is displayed on the operation
panel.
Chapter 2
Chapter 3

Chapter 4
·· Insufficient print head cleaning

·· The inadequacy of PRINT HEAD installation
·· The failure of PRINT HEAD
·· The failure of CARRIAGE UNIT
Chapter 5
- For the details of handling, refer to 5-3. Detail of Hardware Error (E code: EC21).
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
<ANALOG ENCODER CHECK>
1. Select [SERVICE MODE > DIAGNOSIS > ANALOG ENCODER CHECK] from the operation panel, and execute
the functional diagnosis of PAPER FEED ENCODER UNIT.
2. The diagnosis result (OK or NG) is displayed on the operation panel.

·· LED level: The diagnosis result of LED light volume adjustment
Chapter 2
·· OUTPUT level: Output results
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
·· Paper jam inside the printer
·· Film, Timing Slit Disk (paper feed part) is not clean or deformed.
·· The failure of PAPER FEED ENCODER UNIT
·· The failure of PAPER FEED MOTOR UNIT
Chapter 5
- For the details of handling, refer to 5-3. Detail of Hardware Error (E code: EC11/EC12).
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Details of FUNCTION
Chapter 1
1) Purpose
The servicing functions (select [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION] from the operation panel) reduce the product
downtime by servicing efficiency and minimize the disposal of ink.
FUNCTION menu Function description When to use
Chapter 2
CR LOCK Returning a carriage to ·· When carriage failure-related troubleshooting finishes.

the home position
CR UNLOCK Releasing the lock of ·· To move CARRIAGE UNIT for servicing, and etc.
the carriage without ·· To make a functional diagnosis of PURGE UNIT.
removing the outer cover ·· To replace PURGE UNIT.
·· To manually confirm the movement CARRIAGE UNIT.
·· To check the condition of CARRIAGE UNIT visually.
·· To remove the print head when drawing off ink
Chapter 3
HEAD REPLACEMENT Removing and installing a ·· To replace print head

print head again without ·· To check the condition of the print head.
withdrawing ink inside ·· To check the condition of the contact portion.
the print head ·· To inspect or replace any of CARRIAGE UNIT or ink supply-
related unit.
INK SUPPLY VALVE OPEN Opening and closing ink ·· To drain ink before replacing CARRIAGE UNIT
supply valve (choke valve) ·· To drain ink before replacing INK TUBE UNIT
without removing the ·· To drain ink from the tube before replacing SUB INK TANK UNIT
Chapter 4
outer cover
INK FILLING Ink filling ·· To replace any of CARRIAGE UNIT or ink supply-related unit.
2) How to use servicing functions

Chapter 5
<CR LOCK>
1. Select [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > CR LOCK > YES] from the operation panel.
2. Move the carriage to the home position, and lock the cap and the carriage.
<CR UNLOCK>
Chapter 6
1. Select [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > CR UNLOCK > YES] from the operation panel.
2. Close the ink supply valve, and release the lock of the carriage.
3. The carriage can be moved manually.
Do not replace the print head using CR LOCK and CR UNLOCK. (Use HEAD
REPLACEMENT when replacing the print head.)
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
<HEAD REPLACEMENT>
Chapter 1
The print head can be removed and installed without draining the ink from the print head when replacing the
print head or checking its condition. When the printer is launched in the user mode after this function is used,
print head ink filling starts as per specifications.
1. Select [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > HEAD REPLACEMENT > YES] from the operation panel.
2. The carriage moves to the head replacement position without draining the ink from the print head, and
Chapter 2
the print head can be removed and installed.
After the print head is removed and reinstalled, or replaced, perform printing
confirmation. If required, perform print head alignment. (It is because slight
misalignment of print head installing position may affect printing.)
Chapter 3
<INK SUPPLY VALVE OPEN>
Open supply valves (choke valves) of SUB INK TANK UNITs using this function when draining the ink from the
tube into SUB INK TANK UNIT.
Chapter 4
Case (1): When replacing CARRIAGE UNIT or INK TUBE UNIT
1. Unlock the carriage from [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > CR UNLOCK] in the operation panel, manually
move the carriage unit to the position where the print head can be replaced, then remove the print head.
2. Select [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > INK SUPPLY VALVE OPEN > OPEN] from the operation panel, and
open the supply valves (choke valves) of the right and left SUB INK TANK UNITs.
3. Drain the ink from the tube to SUB INK TANK UNIT.
Chapter 5
4. After the ink has drained, the CARRIAGE UNIT (or INK TUBE UNIT) can be removed. For how to remove the
CARRIAGE UNIT (or INK TUBE UNIT), see 6-2. Disassembly Procedures.
Case (2): When replacing SUB INK TANK UNIT

1. Unlock the carriage from [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > CR UNLOCK] in the operation panel, manually
Chapter 6
move the carriage unit to the position where the print head can be replaced, then remove the print head.
2. Select [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > INK SUPPLY VALVE OPEN > OPEN] from the operation panel, and
open the supply valves (choke valves) of the right and left SUB INK TANK UNITs.
3. Drain the ink from the tube to SUB INK TANK UNIT.
4. After the ink is drained, SUB INK TANK UNIT can be removed. After the ink has drained, the SUB INK TANK
Chapter 7
UNIT can be removed. For how to remove the SUB INK TANK UNIT, see 6-2. Disassembly Procedures.
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
<INK FILLING>
Chapter 1
This function is used when filling ink in the printer after replacing ink supply-related unit (CARRIAGE UNIT or
INK TUBE UNIT).
If this function is executed without draining the ink from the tube into SUB INK TANK UNIT, note that the ink
in the tube is drained into the maintenance cartridge.
Chapter 2
<How to start the service mode after installing the print head (Recommended procedure 1)>
1. Install the print head.
2. Launch the printer in the service mode.
3. Select [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > INK FILLING > YES] from the operation panel.
4. Ink filling starts.
Chapter 3
<How to start the service mode without installing the print head (Recommended procedure 2)>
1. Launch the printer in the service mode.
2. Select [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > HEAD REPLACEMENT > YES] from the operation panel.
3. The carriage moves to the print head replacement position. Install the print head.
Chapter 4
4. Select [SERVICE MODE > FUNCTION > INK FILLING > YES] from the operation panel.
5. Ink filling starts.
<<Precautions>>
Do not install the print head using CR UNLOCK and CR LOCK.
Chapter 5
Depending on consumed ink amount of maintenance cartridge, a maintenance

cartridge full error may occur while INK FILLING is executed, therefore, prepare a
new maintenance cartridge.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Details of ADJUSTMENT
Chapter 1
1) Purpose
Servicing adjustment (select [SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT] from the operation panel) is required in order to
meet the printer functions after parts replacement by printer maintenance or repair service, or after the parts
requiring servicing adjustment. After the parts listed in 3) The list of the parts requiring servicing adjustment
are replaced or the printer is disassembled and assembled, be sure to perform the following adjustments:
Chapter 2
2) Details on each adjustment
ADJUSTMENT menu Adjustment name Details
OPTICAL AXIS Multi sensor optical axis Multi sensor installed in the carriage unit varies among printers
adjustment due to installation precision. This adjustment corrects the variation
among printers. Use Canon Glossy Photo Paper HG 170 that the
Chapter 3
size is A4 or larger in width. (*1)
GAP CALIB GAP calibration The multi sensor installed in the carriage unit detects the head-
to-paper distance, and adjusts the carriage position depending on
that distance. Use Canon Glossy Photo Paper HG 170 that the size
is A4 or larger in width. (*1)
LF TUNING LF correction (Automatic) Corrects the horizontal line feed amount to reduce band uneven
printing. Use the greatest width of Canon Glossy Photo Paper HG
170 that can be used for printing from the printer. Accordingly, the
Chapter 4
correction can be effective to other kinds of paper. (*1/*2)
NOZZLE CHK POS Adjustment of the optical Determines the optimal position of the head management sensor
axis in the head management in order to execute non-ejection detection for all the nozzles.
sensor
CR REG Dynamic head alignment Corrects the ink dot misplacement due to the carriage position
(scanning direction). Use the greatest width of Canon Glossy
Photo Paper HG 170 that can be used for printing from the printer.
(*1/*2)
Chapter 5
CR MOTOR COG Cogging torque control Controls carriage vibration due to motor cogging torque.
TOUCH PANEL LCD calibration Calibrates so that the touch panel function of the operation panel
CALIBRATION can be used properly.
MANUAL HEAD ADJ Manual head alignment When the print result is not improved even by performing the
automatic head adjustment, the print head is aligned manually.
MARGIN ADJ Margin adjustment When margins shift during paper feeding, the margin can be
manually adjusted.
LF ENC ADJ LF encoder adjustment Calculates the paper feeding position/paper feeding speed of the
Chapter 6
paper feed roller, and the adjustment is performed for moving the
paper feed roller properly.
UPPER ARB CALIB ARB paper feed unit There are load changes by motor individual variation and by
calibration gear driving in ARB paper feed unit. These variable factors occur
due to the individual variation in ARB paper feed unit, therefore,
calibration is executed for each unit.
*1: When Canon Glossy Photo Paper HG 170 is not available, use Canon Premium Glossy Paper 2 280 or
Canon Premium Semi-Glossy Paper 2 280.
Chapter 7
*2: In each of 24ʺ model, and 36ʺ model, use the paper whose maximum size can be used with the printer. If
not, the message “Please set the specified size of paper.” is displayed and the subsequent adjustment is
not performed.
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3) The list of the parts requiring servicing adjustment
Chapter 1
Service part name Necessary service adjustment

HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT ·· NOZZLE CHK POS
MULTI SENSOR UNIT ·· GAP CALIB
·· OPTICAL AXIS
CARRIAGE UNIT ·· GAP CALIB
·· OPTICAL AXIS
·· CR MOTOR COG
Chapter 2
BELT, CARRIAGE ·· CR MOTOR COG

MOTOR, DC ·· CR MOTOR COG
CARRIAGE ENCODER PCB UNIT ·· CR MOTOR COG
- (*3) ·· LF TUNING
PLATEN UNIT, TOP A TO C ·· CR REG
PLATEN UNIT, TOP AWAY
PAPER FEED ENCODER UNIT ·· LF ENC ADJ
MOTOR UNIT, W/ENCODER ·· UPPER ARB CALIB
Chapter 3
OPERATION PANEL UNIT ·· TOUCH PANEL CALIBRATION

MAIN PCB UNIT ·· LF ENC ADJ
·· UPPER ARB CALIB
·· TOUCH PANEL CALIBRATION
*3: Perform service adjustment when horizontal band uneven printing occurs.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
4) Servicing adjustment menu level
Chapter 1
The following table indicates servicing adjustment menu level. Execute each servicing adjustment command
after selecting [YES].
Menu level: Select [SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT] in the operation panel.
First h level Second level Third level Fourth level
ADJUSTMENT OPTICAL AXIS YES
NO
Chapter 2
GAP CALIB YES
NO
LF TUNING YES
NO
NOZZLE CHK POS YES
NO
CR REG RUN YES
Chapter 3
NO
RESET (*1) YES
NO
CR MOTOR COG YES
NO
TOUCH PANEL CALIBRATION YES
NO
MANUAL HEAD ADJ PRINT DETAIL ADJ YES
Chapter 4
(*2) NO
PRINT BASIC ADJ YES
(*3) NO
INPUT ADJ INPUT ADJ
(*4) A01-A36
B01-B36
RESET SETTING YES
(*5) NO
Chapter 5
MARGIN ADJ INPUT TOP MARGIN -5.0 through 0.0 to 5.0
(*6) (mm)
INPUT BOTTOM MARGIN(*7) -5.0 through 0.0 to 5.0
(mm)
PRINT PATTERN (*8) YES
NO
LF ENC ADJ YES
NO
Chapter 6
UPPER ARB CALIB YES YES
(*9) NO NO
*1: Reset all the dynamic head alignment values to zero.
*2: Print all the print head alignment patterns. (Note that the print head alignment pattern differs between
user mode and service mode).
*3: Print two-way print head alignment pattern only.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
*4: Input the print head alignment value.
Chapter 1
Check print head alignment pattern visually, and select the best print quality pattern in the following each
group:
Chapter 2
·· A01-A36: Even-odd print head alignment value (printing direction: From HOME side to away side, select
Chapter 3
setting value from 0 to 20).

·· B01-B36: Even-odd print head alignment value (printing direction: From away side to HOME side, select
setting value from 0 to 20).
·· C01-C36: Color separation print head alignment value (select setting value from 0 to 20).
·· D01-D38: Two-way print head alignment value (select setting value from 0 to 20).
Chapter 4
·· E01-E12: Vertical print head alignment value (select setting value from 0 to 4).
·· F01: Slanted print head alignment value (select setting value from 0 to 12).
·· Register the alignment value by pressing [REGISTER].
*5: Reset print head alignment value.
*6: Input top margin alignment value. (If the adjustment is needed after visually checking the pattern for
checking margins).
Chapter 5
*7: Input bottom margin alignment value. (If the adjustment is needed after visually checking the pattern for
checking margins).
*8: Print the pattern for checking margins.
·· Horizontal line width: 1 dot, vertical line width: 32 dots
·· Top/bottom/left and right: 5 mm
Chapter 6
·· Line for checking top/bottom margins: 8 mm from the end

·· Printing length: 100 mm
·· Ink color: BK
*9: Execute without the roll paper and spool installed. (If executed with the roll paper and spool installed, an
error occurs.)
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Details of TEST PRINT (1)
Chapter 1
1) Purpose
Print the service nozzle check pattern to check if ink is properly ejected from the print head nozzles. Note that
the specifications of the nozzle check pattern varies between user mode and service mode. This information
is required for the analysis of printer troubles.
Chapter 2
·· User mode: Non-ejection of ink is interpolated when the nozzle check pattern is printed.
·· Service mode: Non-ejection of ink is not interpolated when the nozzle check pattern is printed.
2) How to print the service nozzle check pattern
Chapter 3
1. Select [SERVICE MODE > TEST PRINT > SERVICE NOZZLE CHECK > YES] in the operation panel.
·· When [YES] is selected: The service nozzle check pattern is printed.
·· When [NO] is selected: Returns to the TEST PRINT screen.
2. The following information should be printed in service nozzle check pattern (see the print sample):
Chapter 4
·· Printer name
·· Print date
·· Printer serial number
·· Print head LOT number
·· Date of print head installation
Chapter 5
·· Refill ink tank usage log (NINK)
·· Service nozzle check pattern
·· Last implementation date of cleaning
- Cleaning: A-12 (CAP-A and CAP-B), A-1 (CAP-A), A-2 (CAP-B)
- Deep cleaning: R-12 (CAP-A and CAP-B), R-1 (CAP-A), R-2 (CAP-B)
Chapter 6
- System cleaning: S-12 (CAP-A and CAP-B), S-1 (CAP-A), S-2 (CAP-B)
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3) Service nozzle check pattern print (sample)
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Details of TEST PRINT (2)
Chapter 1
1) Purpose
The detailed information on printer usage and the previous service records, etc. can be obtained as service
log (PRINT INF). This information is required for the analysis of printer troubles.
Chapter 2
2) How to obtain service log (PRINT INF)
The service log can be obtained by using service mode or iPF PRO Service Tool. This section explains the
method using service mode. For how to obtain the service log using iPF PRO Service Tool, see 7-4. iPF PRO
Service Tool.
Chapter 3
1. Select [SERVICE MODE > TEST PRINT > PRINT INF > YES] in the operation panel.
2. The service log is printed.
Chapter 4
3) The contents recorded in service log (PRINT INF)
The contents recorded in service log are almost the same as the ones displayed in each menu of [SERVICE
MODE > PRINTER STATUS]. Therefore, see Details of PRINTER STATUS. for details of each item of service log.
For the items recorded in the service log only, see service log print sample from the page onwards.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
4) Service log (PRINT INF) print sample
Chapter 1
See Details of PRINTER STATUS regarding SYSTEM INFO, ERROR LOG, PARTS COUNTER, CLEANING LOG,
SERVICE LOG, HEAD USAGE LOG, INK USAGE LOG, OTHER CONSUMABLES USAGE LOG, and USER COMMAND
LOG indicated by red square in the following print sample
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
387
SM-18001E-00
7-2. Service Mode
7-2. Service Mode
SM-18001E-00
388
389
SM-18001E-00
7-2. Service Mode
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
NOTE: Attach the above logs when escalating the printer troubles.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Appendix 1: Detailed information of HEAD and INK (reference information)
Chapter 1
Print number or
Items Print contents
print name
HEAD HEAD INF.1 1 Print head installation date and time (Last three cases)
LOT:****** ** 2 Print head removal date and time Last three cases)
Currently-installed print head 3 Serial number of the printer with the applicable print head
(Last three cases)
4 Number of cleaning A-I (AB cap)
HEAD INF.2
Chapter 2
5 Number of cleaning A-II (A cap)

LOT:****** ** 6 Number of cleaning A-III (B cap)
Previously-installed print head 7 -
8 Number of cleaning R-I (AB cap)
9 Number of cleaning R-II (A cap)
10 Number of cleaning R-III (B cap)
11 -
12 Number of cleaning S-I (AB cap)
Chapter 3
13 Number of cleaning S-II (A cap)

14 Number of cleaning S-III (B cap)
15 -
16 Number of cleaning EX-I (Ink removal at the head
replacement)
17 Number of cleaning H-I (Ink filling at the head
replacement)
18 Number of cleaning T1-I (Transport outdoors)
Chapter 4
19 Number of cleaning T2-I (Move on the same floor)

20 -
21 Number of cleaning C-I (on arrival)
22 Number of cleaning FI-I(ink filling at the installation after
printer transportation)
23 Internal information (Not used in servicing)
Chapter 5

29 Number of sheets printed (in A4 equivalent)
31 Error log
NOTE: Error log recorded in head EEPROM (Last six cases)
33 History of firmware version and updated date (last three
cases)
Chapter 6
34 Head highest temperature (per chip A: *** B: ***)

35 -
INK THE NUMBER OF INK-TTL Accumulated number of genuine ink tank replacement (in
REPLACEMENT total)
NOTE: Also counted up when the same ink tank is
reinstalled.
NINK-TTL Accumulated number of refill ink tank replacement (in
total)
Chapter 7
NOTE: Also counted up when the same ink tank is

reinstalled.
INK Accumulated number of genuine ink tank replacement (per
color)
NINK Accumulated number of refill ink tank replacement (per
color)
DAYS AFTER INK CARTRIDGE CURRENT Days after the installation of the currently-installed ink
INSTALLATION tank (per color)
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Appendix 2: Detailed information of PRINTER LOG (reference information)
Chapter 1
PRINTER LOG POWER POWER-ON Cumulative power-on time
SLEEP SLEEP-ON Cumulative sleep-on time
CARRIAGE PRINT Cumulative printing time
DRIVE Cumulative carriage moving time
CR-COUNT Cumulative carriage scan count (count as 1 by moving back
and forth)
CR-DIST. Accumulated carriage scan length
Chapter 2
CAPPING- Accumulated number of capping
COUNT
WIPE Number of wiping
HEAD POS Head Position shift offset value
OFFSET NOTE: Number of criterial-height offset pulse
CGC-FLG Setting flag
NOTE: To check whether adjustment is executed or not.
CR_LIFT Number of CR lift
Chapter 3
IIF 1 [[Initial ink filling log]]
Number of recovery purging
2 Initial ink filling flag information
3 The time until the detection of remaining amount of the
initially-filled ink is ON
4 Number of filling the tube with ink
5 Initial ink filling time
6 Temperature and humidity at initial setting (at power-on)
Chapter 4
7 Flag split and display at initial ink filling
MV_LV1 1 [[Transportation log moving indoors (carrying)]]
Chapter 5
MV_LV2 1 [[Transportation log moving indoors (steps/elevator)]]
Chapter 6
MV_LV3 1 [[Transportation log Transporting outdoors]]
Chapter 7

Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Print number or
Chapter 1

print name
A_ENC 1 LF analog encoder central voltage (ADJUST_OFSET_A)
2 LF analog encoder central voltage (ADJUST_OFSET_B)
3 LF analog encoder amplitude magnification (ADJUST_
ODDS_A)
4 LF analog encoder amplitude magnification (ADJUST_
ODDS_B)
Chapter 2
5 LF analog encoder current value (CURRENT)

HDD_SMART ID ID
Current Current value
Worst Worst value
Threshold Threshold
Data Data
MULTI SENSOR Address dump value and PT_SENS_CHECK detailed
information of multi sensor EEPROM is displayed.
Chapter 3
<OPT_SENS_CHECK detailed information>

(1) Selected media (SELECTED MEDIA)
(2) LED output value per color (Red, green, and blue)
(3) Output value of regular reflection and diffuse reflection
at media edge
(4) Output value in GAP detection
The output value indicates the following information

(results of the last light quantity adjustment):
Chapter 4
- Media output (MEADIA)

- Outside light output (LEDOFF)
- Platen output (PLATEN)
- Gain (GAIN)
- Current value (CURRENT)
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Appendix 3: Information of HDD_SMART (reference information)
Chapter 1
HDD_SMART is SMART information of general hard disk drive. Only the items helping your troubleshooting
are included in the table below.
<Estimated causes when the value of any one of the following IDs is larger than a threshold value or zero>
1) ID: 01, 05, C3, C4, C5, or C6
Chapter 2
It is highly possible that only hard disk drive is defective. If the value of any one of the above IDs is zero,
it is highly likely that not hard disk drive cable or main board is defective.
2) ID: D2, D3, D4, DC, DD, or E4

Check the printer installation environment as the printer may be vibrated or shocked, or instantaneous
Chapter 3
power failure may occur.
ID Item name Details

01 Raw Read Error Rate Indicates the rate of errors occurring when reading the raw data from hard
disk. If the value is below a threshold value, a magnetic disk or magnetic
head in the hard disk are abnormal.
Chapter 4
05 Reallocated Sectors Count Number of defective sectors that the alternative action (the data is
reallocated to the backup area) is taken.
C3 Hardware ECC recovered Number of errors detected by ECC (Error Correction Cord)
C4 Reallocation Event Count Number of alternative action for sectors

C5 Current Pending Sector Count Number of sectors that is currently abnormal and waits for alternative
action.
C6 Off-Line Scan Uncorrectable Sector Total number of uncorrectable sectors discovered in off-line scan. If this
Chapter 5
Count value increases, there is a clear problem with a magnetic disk surface.
D2 Vibration During Write Indicates large vibration during writing the data.
D3 Vibration During Read Indicates large vibration during reading the data.
D4 Shock During Write Indicates large shocks during writing the data.
DC Disk Shift Disk (platter) shift distances shifted from the original fixed position due to
shocks
DD G-Sense Error Rate The rate of errors occurring due to shocks on hard disk. The shocks are
Chapter 6
detected by the sensor in the hard disk.
E4 Power-Off Retract Count Number of urgent magnetic head retraction by hard disk compulsory
stoppage due to power-off
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Appendix 4: Detailed information of PV INFO DETAILS (reference information)
Chapter 1
Print number or
print name
PV INFO MEDIA 1 to 7 NAME Name of seven types of media with large cumulative print
DETAILS area
TTL Total print area of seven types of media with large
cumulative print area
ROLL Roll paper print area of seven types of media with large
Chapter 2

CUTSHEET Cut sheet print area of seven types of media with large
MEDIA OTHER NAME OTHER
TTL Total print area of media other than seven types of media
with large cumulative print area
ROLL Total roll paper print area of seven types of media with
large cumulative print area
Chapter 3
CUTSHEET Total cut sheet print area of seven types of media with
large cumulative print area
MEDIA SIZE1 ROLL 60- Print area of roll paper equal to or larger than 60 inches
P-SQ/P-CNT (by physical size)
50-60 Print area of roll paper
(50 or larger inches, less than 60 inches) (by physical size)
Chapter 4

0-17 Print area of roll media less than 17 inches
(by physical size)
Chapter 5
MEDIA SIZE1 CUT 60- Print area of cut sheet equal to or larger than 60 inches
P-SQ/P-CNT (physical size)
50-60 Print area of cut sheet
Chapter 6

0-17 Print area of cut sheet less than 17 inches (by physical size)
*Unit: m2 and sq.f are used.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Appendix 5: Data on the overload when the carriage travels back and forth (reference information)
Chapter 1
This log information is the data on the overload when the carriage travels back and forth. This is used in
order to grasp the durability and the deterioration degree of the consumables (CR1) due to the differences
in installation environment and use conditions. This data obtains the PWM control data only when the
carriage travels back and forth properly (Duty ratio: %)
Chapter 2
Items Details
CARRIAGE PWM DUTY AT POWER ON FOR - Latest value: 10 most recent data
THE LAST 10 TIMES - Acquisition timing: During the carriage initial operation after the machine
is turned ON.
- Display order: From No.1 (new) to No.10 (old)
CARRIAGE PWM DUTY AT FIRST POWER - Initial value: Reference data at the initial setup
ON AFTER INITIAL SETUP (Average values of 10 times of power-on of the machine after the initial
setup)
Chapter 3
AVERAGE CARRIAGE PWM DUTY AT - History value: Average data of 10 latest values
POWER ON FOR THE LAST 10 TIMES - Acquisition timing: The parts counter "CR4" aquires the data every time the
carriage scans 21,500 times.
- Display order: From No.1 (new) to No.10 (old)
FORWARD - Data in going direction operation
BACK - Data in returning direction operation
Max - PWM data at the time of maximum acceleration of carriage motor
Min - PWM data at the start of driving of carriage motor
Chapter 4
Avg - Average PWM data in the constant speed zone of carriage motor
NOTE: The data is taken over when the main board is replaced.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Details of E-RDS
Chapter 1
1) Purpose
E-RDS of service mode menu enables the E-RDS setting for communicating with UGW. If the remote service is provided using UGW, it is necessary to enable the E-RDS setting and perform the connection settings for remote service. (For details
on the settings, see 3-2. Connection settings for remote service.)
Chapter 2
E-RDS menu Items to be set Setting details/Items to be displayed

CA-CERTIFICATE E-maintenance certificate Display of CA-certificate information for E-RDS
·· When the certificate is valid: The validated date is displayed.
·· When the certificate is deleted: NOT INSTALLED is displayed.
E-RDS SETUP E-RDS setup ·· E-RDS ON/OFF setting
·· URL of UGW is displayed.
·· UGW port number display
·· E-RDS communication test
Chapter 3
·· Communication log display (30 cases)

·· DISPLAY setting
E-RDS OTHERS Other settings ·· Deletion of CA-certificate information for E-RDS
·· E-RDS data initialization
2) Setting procedures
Chapter 4
For the setting procedures and communication check, see 2) Settings procedures in 3-2 Connection settings for remote service.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3) E-RDS menu level
Chapter 1
The following table indicates [E-RDS] menu level. Execute [E-RDS] command after selecting [YES].
Menu level: Select [SERVICE MODE > E-RDS] in the operation panel.
Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Sixth level Details
CA-CERTIFICATE VALIDITY yyyy/mm/dd CA-certificate is valid.
(The validated date is
displayed).
Chapter 2
NOT INSTALLED CA-certificate is deleted.
E-RDS SETUP E-RDS SWITCH ON Whether E-RDS is used or not

is set.
OFF (default) ON: E-RDS is used.
OFF: E-RDS is not used.
UGW ADDRESS http://********** UGW address is displayed.
Chapter 3
UGW PORT ****** The number of the port
communicating with UG is
displayed.
COM-TEST YES The communication test with
(*1) UGW is executed.
YES: COM-TEST is executed.
NO NO: Returns to the previous
Chapter 4
screen.
COM-LOG No.01 ******** ************** The information on the
(*2) yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm ************** communication error with
No.02 ******** ************** UGW is displayed.
DISPLAY SETTING TTL PRINT AREA ON (default) Display setting
(The setting of display/non-
display of total print area)
OFF
Chapter 5
INK CONSUMED ON (default) Display setting
(The setting of display/
non-display of amount of
OFF
consumed ink)
DUTY CNT ON (default) Display setting (The setting of

display/non-display of DUTY
Chapter 6
OFF counter)
DISPLAY DECIMAL TTL PRINT AREA ON (default) Setting of decimal point
display
OFF (total print area)
INK CONSUMED ON (default) Setting of decimal point
display
OFF (amount of consumed ink)
DUTY CNT ON (default) Setting of decimal point
Chapter 7
OFF display (DUTY counter)
UNIT TTL PRINT AREA LENGTH UNIT Unit setting
(default) (total print area)
A4
LETTER
DUTY CNT LENGTH UNIT Unit setting
(DUTY counter)
A4 (default)
Chapter 8
LETTER

SM-18001E-00
E-RDS OTHERS DELETE CA-KEYS YES YES: CA-certificate is deleted.
Chapter 1
NO NO: Returns to the previous

screen.
RESET E-RDS DAT YES YES: E-RDS initialization
NO: Returns to the previous
NO screen.
*1: COM-TEST behavior
Chapter 2
·· While COM-TEST is executed, ”CHECK NOW...” is displayed.

·· COM-TEST cannot be cancelled halfway (no operations are accepted until the test results are obtained).
·· After COM-TEST finishes, the following message is displayed:
If the communication test succeeds: CHECK RESULT: OK
If the communication test fails: CHECK RESULT: NG
Chapter 3
·· If no test results are obtained even though 60 seconds have passed after COM-TEST started, the communication test is views as a failure, and the message to that effect is displayed.
*2: COM-LOG communication specifications
·· 30 cases of the communication logs are displayed. (The log number “1” is the latest one).
·· COM-LOG communication error information is displayed up to 128 characters per case.
·· When there is no detailed COM-LOG information, “NO ERROR DETAILS” is displayed.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Details of OTHERS
Chapter 1
1) Purpose
In [OTHERS] of [SERVICE MODE] menu, perform the service menus in the following table if needed:
OTHERS menu Items Setting details
RTC SETTING RTC time and date The time and date after replacing mainPCB UNIT or button battery
are set.
NOTE:
Chapter 2
Be sure to set the RTC time and date as the time stamp of each log
information recorded in Print INF is incorrect if the time and date
are not set.
PV AUTO JUDGE Waste ink reduction mode The waste ink reduction mode setting is switched between ON and
OFF.
PRINT HEAD INFO Print head warranty Set the display/non-display of “print head information” in the
SETTING information display setting operation panel.
HDD BOX PW INIT Passwords for the BOX in HDD The passwords for the BOX in HDD are returned to the factory
Chapter 3
setting.
NOTE:
Use this menu if the user forgets the password by himself/herself.
FIRMWARE Firmware update The firmware is updated by installing USB flash drive in the printer.
UPDATE(USB)
GET PRINT INF (USB) Acquisition of PRINT INF The PRINT INF information is stored in the USB flash drive. (To be
information stored in text format).
GET ENCRYPTING Acquisition of serial log The serial log information is stored in the USB flash drive. (As the
Chapter 4
LOG(USB) information file is encrypted, it cannot be confirmed at the sales companies’
side. Attach the serial log information file when escalating the
problem.
DELETE Deletion of serial log Only the serial log information stored in HDD is deleted.
ENCRYPTING LOG information
2) OTHERS menu level
Chapter 5
The following table indicates [OTHERS] menu level. Select [YES] to execute the following menu:
HDD BOX PW INIT, FIRMWARE UPDATE(USB), GET PRINT INF (USB), GET ENCRYPTING LOG(USB), DELETE
ENCRYPTING LOG
Menu level: Select [SERVICE MODE > OTHERS] in the operation panel.
Second level Third level Fourth level Details
RTC SETTING DATE SETTING yyyy/mm/dd After replacing the applicable parts (I/
Chapter 6
F PCB UNIT or button battery), enter
TIME SETTING hh:mm Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). After
DATE and TIME is set, restart the
printer.
PV AUTO JUDGE (*1) ON ON: Standard mode (Cleaning is
performed at the predetermined timing
regardless of print volume)
OFF (default) OFF: AUTO mode (The frequency of
Chapter 7
cleaning is reduced depending on the

print volume)
PRINT HEAD INFO SETTING ON (default) ON: Displays print head warranty
information on the operation panel.
OFF OFF: Print head warranty information is
not displayed on the operation panel.
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
HDD BOX PW INIT (*3) ALL BOX YES YES: Returns the password for all the
Chapter 1
BOXs to the factory setting.
NO NO: Returns to the screen for selecting

BOX.
BOX 1 to BOX 29 (*2) YES YES: Returns the password for the
specified BOX to the factory setting.
Chapter 2

BOX.
FIRMWARE UPDATE The screen for YES YES: Update the firmware.
(USB) (*3, *4) selecting firmware
firmware.
No USB flash drive. When a USB flash drive When USB flash drive is not installed
Please set. is installed, the screen
Chapter 3
transits to the screen for

selecting firmware
GET PRINT INF (USB) (*3) YES YES: The PRINT INF information is
stored in the USB flash drive.
NO
NO: Returns to the OTHERS menu.
GET ENCRYPTING LOG (USB) YES YES: The serial log information is stored
(*3) in the USB flash drive.
NO
Chapter 4
DELETE ENCRYPTING LOG YES YES: Only the serial log information
(*3) NO stored in HDD is deleted.
*1: Low print volume users select [PV AUTO JUDGE] to resolve printing failure due to air bubbles created by
ink left in the tubes.
*2: Scroll the screen to select the BOX whose password is to be reset.
Chapter 5
*3: Supported by TM-205, TM-5205, TM-305, and TM-5305 only.

*4: How to use FIRMWARE UPDATE(USB)
1) Save the firmware to be updated to the USB thumb drive. (Advance preparation)
2) Install the USB thumb drive in the printer.
3) Select [SERVICE MODE > OTHERS > FIRMWARE UPDATE(USB)] in the operation panel. If a USB flash
drive is not installed, the message “No USB flash drive. Please set.” is displayed. Then when the USB
Chapter 6
flash drive is installed in the printer, the message “A USB flash drive is connected.” is displayed, and
the screen transits to the screen for selecting firmware.
4) The screen transits to the screen for selecting firmware.
5) Select the firmware to be updated. (File format: *********.fdl)
6) Select [YES]. If the file format of the file you select is not “*********.fdl,” or if the firmware of the
Chapter 7
product different from the one you want to update is selected, “File format is invalid.” is displayed,
and the screen transits to the OTHERS screen.
7) The message "Executing..." appears, and the firmware update is executed. If an error occurs during
updating, the message “Firmware update error.” is displayed and the screen transits to the [OTHERS]
menu window.
Chapter 8
8) When the firmware update is completed, the printer restarts automatically.

SM-18001E-00
Notes in firmware update
Chapter 1
It takes approx. 20 minutes to update the firmware. If the printer is turned off during updating
the firmware, the main board is damaged. Do not turn the printer off during firmware updating.
When a warning message such as “The maintenance cartridge is full. Replace the maintenance
cartridge.” is displayed on the operation panel, release the warning first, then perform the
firmware update.
Chapter 2
Notes in using USB thumb drive
Note that NTFS-format USB flash drive is not supported. If a NTFS-format USB flash drive is
connected to the printer, there is no response from the operation panel, and the screen does
not transit to the next one.
Notes in storing serial logs
Chapter 3
If USB memory capacity is insufficient, or if the serial log data cannot be written for some
reason in spite of sufficient USB memory capacity, an access error is displayed after Execute is
executed.
As the file size of serial logs is nearly up to 3GB, it is recommended to use a USB flash drive with
the capacity of 3GB or larger.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
7-3. PCB Replacement Mode
1) Purpose
The PCB replacement mode is to be used in order to take over the printer-specific data (adjustment value,
Chapter 2
settings, etc.) to the new PCB when MAIN PCB UNIT or BACKUP PCB UNIT is replaced.
2) Procedures for taking over the data

When the service mode is launched after MAIN PCB UNIT or BACKUP PCB UNIT is replaced, the printer
automatically transits to the PCB replacement mode. See the following the procedures for taking over the
Chapter 3
data.
<When MAIN PCB UNIT is replaced>

1. After replacing the MAIN PCB UNIT, start the printer in the service mode. (Do not start the printer with
the network cable connected).
2. After the message “RESTORE PRINTER DATA FROM BACKUP PCB?” is displayed on the operation panel,
Chapter 4
select “YES.”
3. After the data is taken over, the message “COMPLETED. PLEASE TURN OFF THE PRINTER.” is displayed.
Press the Power button to turn off the printer. (Do not plug off the power cord to turn off the printer.)
If “NO” is selected in the step 2, the message “PLEASE TURN OFF THE PRINTER.” is displayed.
Chapter 5
<When BACKUP PCB UNIT is replaced>

1. After replacing BACKUP PCB UNIT, start the printer in the service mode. (Do not start the printer with the
network cable connected).
2. After the message “SAVE PRINTER DATA TO BACKUP PCB?” is displayed on the operation panel, select “YES.”
3. After the data is taken over, the message “COMPLETED. PLEASE TURN OFF THE PRINTER.” is displayed.
Chapter 6
Press the Power button to turn off the printer. (Do not plug off the power cord to turn off the printer.)
If “NO” is selected in the step 2, the message “PLEASE TURN OFF THE PRINTER.” is displayed.
NOTE:
When the date of the PCB replacement mode is taken over after the MAIN PCB UNIT and BACKUP PCB UNIT
Chapter 7
are replaced at the same time, the adjustment value and settings at the factory is lost. In case of replacing
both MAIN PCB UNIT and BACKUP PCB UNIT, replace one PCB and take over its data, then replace the other
one and take over its data.
Chapter 8
406 7-3. PCB Replacement Mode

SM-18001E-00
3) Items required by readjustment
Chapter 1
After MAIN PCB UNIT is replaced, some adjustments require resetting as those adjustments include the driver
IC characteristic of the MAIN PCB UNIT. The following items require readjustment:
·· LF encoder adjustment
[Operation panel > SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > LF ENC ADJ]
·· ARB paper feed unit calibration
Chapter 2
[Operation panel > SERVICE MODE > ADJUSTMENT > UPPER ARB CALIB]
4) Notes on executing PCB replacement mode

Note that the following information is not restored even the PCB replacement mode is executed after the
main PCB is replaced:
Chapter 3
·· Remote service transmission schedule information
Based on the agreement on remote service (NETEYE/e-Maintenance/imageWARE Remote), if the E-RDS
function is enabled, it is necessary to execute a communication test after replacing MAIN PCB UNIT.
If not executed, the subsequent transmission schedule information will not be acquired again, and will not
be transmitted to UGW. Therefore, this will affect the provision of remote service to customers.
Chapter 4
NOTE: Refer to 3-2. Connection settings for remote service.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
7-3. PCB Replacement Mode 407

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
7-4. iPF PRO Service Tool

1) Purpose
iPF PRO Service Tool is the software for servicing aims at realizing the following functions:
Functions Details
Chapter 2
Updating the version of printer firmware Updates the firmware by sending the firmware data file to the printer you
ask for.
Status printing and Print Inf collecting Obtains the printer information (status print and PRINT INF) from the
printer you ask for.
2) How to launch
Chapter 3
Double-click “setup.exe”in the folder to launch the software.
3) How to use
See the document attached to the software.
Chapter 4
4) Precaution
·· When the Service Mode is launched, the version of printer firmware cannot be updated.
·· Use ASCII to input characters in [User Information] in the “Input User Information” dialog.
If language-specific characters are input, garbled characters may be generated in the texts of the obtained
printer information.
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
408 7-4. iPF PRO Service Tool

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
7-5. Recovery Mode
1) Purpose
If the printer is disconnected from the power source during updating the firmware, the firmware written in
Chapter 2
main board may be corrupted. Here, the printer will newly have recovery mode as a recovery means.
2) The items necessary for recovery

- Computer where the printer driver has been installed
- Printer Update Utility (Save to the computer.)
Chapter 3
- USB cable
<Printer Update Utility>

Printer Update Utility is the software to rewrite the firmware of the printer launching in the recovery mode.
The version of the firmware to be rewritten at this time is the version at initial shipping from a factory. After
the firmware is rewritten, update to the latest version of the firmware if necessary.
Chapter 4
Printer Update Utility is different by model. To differentiate from one another, check the file name or the
part indicating the product name at the top of the window of the tool as shown below.
·· Check the file name: “Printer Update*****Vxxxx.exe.” (for Windows OS)
mfuu-mac-*****-2_4_7+xxxx-ea7.dmg (for Mac)
(***** shows a product name. xxxx indicates version information.)
Chapter 5
·· Check the product name in the red circle at the top of the window of the tool below (e.g.: For Windows
OS, For PRO-4000 series)
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
7-5. Recovery Mode 409

SM-18001E-00
<Printer Update Utility operation environment>
Chapter 1
Supported OS:
·· Windows 10 (32bit, 64bit), Windows 8.1 (32bit, 64bit), Windows 7 (32bit, 64bit)
*The environment where the latest service pack is applied
·· Mac OS X v10.13, v10.12, v10.11, v10.10.5 or later
3) Starting a recovery mode
Chapter 2
If the printer is disconnected from the power source due to some reason, the recovery mode automatically
starts by turning on the printer again.
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
<Special notes>
·· As this machine has a recovery mode, the recovery mode launches even if the printer is disconnected
from the power source during updating the firmware by any of Firm update tool, iPF PRO Service Tool, or
FIRMWARE UPDATE(USB) in the service mode.
<Firmware version supporting the recovery mode>
Chapter 5
Product names Supported versions

TM series From the initial version
·· In the processing of firmware update, the data is received first, then rewriting data starts after receiving the
data is completed. The recovery mode is launched only when the power is disconnected during rewriting
the data. If the printer is disconnected from the power source during receiving the data, the printer can be
Chapter 6
launched properly without entering a recovery mode.

Chapter 7
Chapter 8
410 7-5. Recovery Mode

SM-18001E-00
4) Procedures for recovery
Chapter 1
1. Connect the printer with the printer with a USB cable, and start the printer in the recovery mode.
2. Double-click Printer Update*****Vxxxx.exe. Confirm the messages in [Step 1] displayed on the Printer
Update Utility, then click [Next].
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Printer Update Utility is different by model. Use Printer Update Utility for the
product with the recovery mode installed.
Chapter 5
In order to communicate between the printer and Printer Update Utility, the printer
driver is required to be installed in the computer you want to use. And confirm that
[Enable bi-directional support] is selected in the [Port] tab of the Properties window
of the printer driver.
If the communication is unsuccessful, click [Next], and the dialog “The printer could
Chapter 6
not be detected.” will be displayed. Confirm the following:
·· The printer must be connected with the computer with a USB cable.
·· The printer must be launched in the recovery mode.
·· The printer driver for the product with the recovery mode installed must be
installed in the computer you want to use.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
3. Click [Start] on Printer Update Utility, and data transfer processing will be started.
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
[Printer name]: The name of the printer connected to the computer

[Current software version]: The firmware version of the printer connected to the computer
(This function is unavailable. “-” is displayed on the window.)
Chapter 4
[Update software version]: The version of the firmware to be overwritten this time
Do not turn off the printer or disconnect the USB cable until the firmware rewrite
process is finished.
Chapter 5
4. When the data transfer process is finished, the data rewriting process is started.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
412 7-5. Recovery Mode

SM-18001E-00
5. When the data rewriting process is finished, the printer is automatically disconnected from the power
Chapter 1
source. When the messages for [Step 3] is displayed on Printer Update Utility, confirm those messages
and click [Quit].
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
6. Before using the printer, disconnect the plug of the printer from an outlet. Then, plug the printer into the
Chapter 4
outlet to turn on the printer.
7. If the firmware is rewritten using Printer Update Utility, recovery process is performed using the firmware
of the version at initial shipping from a factory. Confirm the version of the latest firmware, and perform
the firmware update usually (using such as Firm update tool, iPF PRO Service Tool, or Firmware Update
Chapter 5
(USB) in the service mode, etc.) if necessary.
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
7-6. Appendices
Service mode menu map
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
#1: To be displayed in the menu map for TM-300, TM-5300, TM-305, and TM-5305 only.
414 7-6. Appendices

SM-18001E-00
415
SM-18001E-00
7-6. Appendices
7-6. Appendices
SM-18001E-00
416
417
SM-18001E-00
7-6. Appendices
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
#2: To be displayed in the menu map for TM-205, TM-5205, TM-305, and TM-5305 only.
418 7-6. Appendices

SM-18001E-00
CHAPTER 8
UNIT CONFIGURATION
8-1. PCB ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 420

8-2. Sensors…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 422
8-3. Motors and Solenoids……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 424
8-4. Fans………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 425
8-5. Block Diagram…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 426
8-6. Main Controller PCB Connectors……………………………………………………………………………………………… 427
419
SM-18001E-00
8-1. PCB
8-1. PCB
SM-18001E-00
420
No. Name Remarks
Chapter 1
1 MULTI SENSOR BOARD (*1) included in MULTI SENSOR UNIT
2 CARRIAGE BOARD (*1) included in CARRIAGE UNIT
3 USB HOST PCB (*1) included in USB HOST PCB ASS'Y
4 PANEL BOARD / POWER SWITCH BOARD (*1) included in OPERATION PANEL UNIT
5 HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR BOARD (*1) included in HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT
6 LEFT TANK BOARD (*1) included in INK TANK PCB UNIT
7 POWER SUPPLY UNIT (*1) included in POWER SUPPLY UNIT
Chapter 2
8 BACKUP ROM BORAD (*1) included in BACKUP PCB UNIT
9 MAIN BOARD (*1) included in MAIN PCB UNIT
10 WIRELESS LAN PCB (*1) included in WIRELESS LAN UNIT
11 HARD DISK HDD, MQ01ABF050
12 RIGHT TANK BOARD (*1) included in INK TANK PCB UNIT
13 ROM BOARD (*1) included in ROM BOARD UNIT
*1: It should be replaced by the unit mentioned in the Remarks, because it is unable to replace with the
Chapter 3
single parts.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
8-1. PCB 421

SM-18001E-00
8-2. Sensors
8-2. Sensors
SM-18001E-00
422
Chapter 1
Operation panel
Name Remarks
Display
0 PURGE MAIN CAM SENSOR (*1) included in PURGE UNIT
1 PAPER ENTRY SENSOR PHOTO INTERRUPTER
2 PAPER FEED HOME POSITION SENSOR (*1) included in PAPER FEED ENCODER UNIT
3 - -
4 CARRIAGE LIFT SENSOR IC, PHOTO INTERRUPTER
Chapter 2
5 - -
6 CUTTER HOME POSITION SENSOR IC, PHOTO INTERRUPTER
7 RIGHT CHOKE VALVE POSITION SENSOR IC, PHOTO INTERRUPTER
0
8 LEFT CHOKE VALVE POSITION SENSOR IC, PHOTO INTERRUPTER
9 - -
A - -
B RIGHT TANK COVER SWITCH DETECT MICRO SWITCH
C LEFT TANK COVER SWITCH DETECT MICRO SWITCH
Chapter 3
D - -
E - -
F - -
0 RELEASE LEVER SWITCH DETECT MICRO SWITCH
1 TOP COVER SWITCH IC, PHOTO INTERRUPTER
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
Chapter 4
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
1
8 - -
9 - -
A - -
B - -
Chapter 5
C - -
D - -
E - -
F - -
No. Name Remarks

X1 CARRIAGE ENCODER SENSOR (*1) CARRIAGE ENCODER UNIT
X2 PAPER FEED ENCODER SENSOR (*1) PAPER FEED ENCODER UNIT
Chapter 6
X3 TEMPERATURE HUMIDITY SENSOR (*1) SENSOR, HUMIDITY
X4 MULTI SENSOR (*1) MULTI SENSOR UNIT
single parts.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
8-2. Sensors 423

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
8-3. Motors and Solenoids

Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
No. Name Remarks

1 ACTIVE ROLL BREAK MOTOR (*1) included in MOTOR UNIT, W/ENCODER
2 LIFT MOTOR (*1) included in MOTOR UNIT, W/ENCODER
3 PURGE MOTOR (*1) included in PURGE UNIT
Chapter 6
4 RIGHT INK VALVE MOTOR (*1) included in MOTOR UNIT, W/ENCODER

5 LEFT INK VALVE MOTOR (*1) included in MOTOR UNIT, W/ENCODER
6 CUTTER MOTOR (*1) included in CUTTER MOTOR UNIT, W/ENCODER
7 PAPER FEED MOTOR (*1) included in PAPER FEED MOTOR UNIT
8 CARRIAGE MOTOR MOTOR, DC
single parts.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
424 8-3. Motors and Solenoids

SM-18001E-00
Chapter 1
8-4. Fans
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
No. Name Remarks
1 MIST FAN(*1) included in EXHAUST MIST DUCT UNIT
2 SUCTION FAN(*1) included in SUCTION FAN UNIT
Chapter 6
single parts.
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
8-4. Fans 425

SM-18001E-00
8-5. Block Diagram
8-5. Block Diagram

SM-18001E-00
426
Chapter 1
8-6. Main Controller PCB Connectors
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
8-6. Main Controller PCB Connectors 427

SM-18001E-00

imagePROGRAF TM-200 - 205 - 300 - 305 - 5200 - 5205 - 5300 - 5305 (SM) r0 - 180719

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

imagePROGRAF TM-200 - 205 - 300 - 305 - 5200 - 5205 - 5300 - 5305 (SM) r0 - 180719

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

imagePROGRAF

Copyright © 2018 by Canon Inc.

Browser: Adobe Acrobat Reader 7.0 or later

(To see the movie or animation, Adobe Flash Player is required.)

Operation confirmed OS: Windows 7

MAINTENANCE, CONSUMABLE PARTS…………………………………………………………………… 73

DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY……………………………………………………………………………161

SERVICING FUNCTIONS AND TOOLS………………………………………………………………………345

1-1. Product Overview…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………8

1-1. Product Overview

8 1-1. Product Overview

1-1. Product Overview 9

1-3. Product Specifications 11

Detector and Registration adjustment Automatic, Manual

Non-firing compensation Auto

Firmware Languages Printer language SGRaster Supported

TM-5200 - Not supported: The file has been set with

Max logical page size: 18 m

- Color bit: 24bit/8bit

Max logical page size: 18 m

Status reply SNMP-MIB (Standard MIB, Canon-MIB), IVEC, CPCA

Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, Thai, Indonesian,

12 1-3. Product Specifications

Cutter Model CT-08

1-3. Product Specifications 13

Delivery direction Face-up, Front side

Standard Plain Paper 2

(excludes strong curled condition)

- Flat position: 20 sheets on A2 landscape

Standard Paper 90g

DIN C4, C3, C2

Media Thickness Roll paper

14 1-3. Product Specifications

1-3. Product Specifications 15

Installation User installation

Dimensions Main Unit 1289 x 748 x 439 mm

Dimensions Printer (Main unit with pallet) 1462 x 913 x 709 mm

Printer 1462 x 913 x 961 mm

Default setting for the time to enter the 300 sec

(Measured on ISO7779 standard)

16 1-3. Product Specifications

Operation Panel Display LCD (3.0 inch (7.62cm) TFT color)

1-3. Product Specifications 17

Interface USB B Port Type Built in (Hi-Speed USB)

Gigabit Type Built in

WPA-PSK (TKIP, AES)

Type Bubble-jet on demand

Starter use: 130 ml (MBK), 90 ml (BK, C, M, Y)

Cutter Model CT-08

18 1-3. Product Specifications

- Flat position: 20 sheets on A1 landscape, A2 landscape

ANSI 8.5 × 11", 8.5 × 14", 11 × 17", 13 × 19", 17 × 22", 22 × 34",

Media Thickness Roll paper

1-3. Product Specifications 19

Media Core Size Internal diameter of roll core: 2", 3"

Margins Recommended Roll paper Top 20 mm, Bottom 3 mm, Side 3 mm

For others: Top 3 mm, Bottom 20 mm, Side 3 mm

20 1-3. Product Specifications

When starting the printer up or turning it off

When executing PCB replacement mode

When using the printer at a high altitude

·· To reset the media information of the leased printers

1-4. Special Notes 21